Yohanes 5:14

14 Sesudah itu, Yesus bertemu dengan orang itu di rumah Allah dan berkata kepada dia, “Sekarang kamu sudah sembuh. Berhentilah berbuat dosa kalau tidak akan hal yang lebih parah menimpa kamu.”

Toggle Lexicons / Go to > Bookmark / All Bibles / Concordance / Maps / Report Issue

This verse may be mis-aligned with Strongs references.

After

Strongs:

g3326

Lexicon:

μετά

Greek:

μετὰ

Transliteration:

meta

Usage:

477 times in 24 books, 169 chapters, and 451 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

with/after

Morphhology:

Preposition

Grammar:

relating it to another person or thing

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

μετά

Transliteration:

meta

Gloss:

with/after

Morphhology:

Greek Preposition

Definition:

μετά (before vowel μετ᾽; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b), prep. with genitive, accusative (in poet, also with dative), [in LXX for אַחַד,עִם,אֵת, etc.]. I. C. genitive, 1) among, amid: Mrk.1:13, Luk.22:37 (LXX, ἐν) 24:5, Jhn.18:5, al; διωγμῶν, Mrk.10:30. 2) Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more frequently in NT; cf. Bl, §42, 3): with genitive of person(s), Mat.8:11 20:20 Mrk.1:29 3:7 Luk.5:30, Jhn.3:22, Gal.2:1, al. mult; εἶναι μετά, Mat.5:25, Mrk.3:14, al; metaphorically, of divine help and guidance, Jhn.3:2, Act.7:9, Php.4:9, al; opposite to εἶναι κατά, Mat.12:30, Luk.11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but see M, Pr., 106, 246f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π, with dative, to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם, 1Ki.17:33), Rev.2:16, al; with genitive of thing(s), χαρᾶς, Mat.13:20, Mrk.4:16, al; ὀργῆς, Mrk.3:5, al. II. C. accusative, 1) of place, behind, after: Heb.9:3. 2) Of time, after: Mat.17:1, Mrk.14:1, Luk.1:24, Act.1:5, Gal.1:18, al; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jhn.2:12, al; ταῦτα, Mrk.16:[12], Luk.5:27, Jhn.3:22, al; with inf. artic. (BL, §71, 5; 72, 3), Mat.26:32, Mrk.1:14, al. III. In composition, 1) of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. 2) Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. 3) after: μεταμέλομαι. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

μετά

Transliteration:

meta

Gloss:

with/after

Morphhology:

Greek Preposition

Definition:

μετά [ᾰ, but ᾱ in [Refs 5th c.BC+]], poetry μεταί, uncertain, only in μεταιβολί; Aeolic dialect, Doric dialect, [Refs 4th c.AD+]: preposition with genitive, dative, and accusative (Cf. Goth. mip, OHG. miti, mit 'with'.) A) WITH GEN. (in which use μ. gradually superseded σύν, which see), A.I) in the midst of, among, between, with plural Nouns, μετ᾽ ἄλλων λέξο ἑταίρων [Refs 8th c.BC+] with one, [Refs 5th c.BC+], i.e. among no men, [Refs] A.II) in common, along with, by aid of (implying a closer union than σύν), μ. Βοιωτῶν ἐμάχοντο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; συνδιεπολέμησαν τὸν πόλεμον μ. Ἀθηναίων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τῆς βουλῆς in co-operation with the council, [Refs 8th c.BC+] with, i.e. by aid of, Athena, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τινὸς πάσχειν, δρᾶν τι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τινὸς εἶναι to be on one's side, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: generally, with, together with, with substantive in singular first in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ μ. τινός his companions, [NT+5th c.BC+] C. and the Athenians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, in conjunction with, ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) later, in one's dealings with, ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτῶν [NT+2nd c.AD+]: even of hostile action, σὺ ποιεῖς μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ πονηρίαν [LXX+NT+2nd c.AD+]: to denote the union of persons with qualities or circumstances, and so to denote manner, τὸ ἄπραγμον. μὴ μ. τοῦ δραστηρίου τεταγμένον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψυχὴν ὁσίως βεβιωκυῖαν καὶ μετ᾽ ἀληθείας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, by means of, μετ᾽ ἀρετῆς πρωτεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) serving to join two predicates, γενόμενος μ. τοῦ δυνατοῦ καὶ ξυνετός, i.e. δυνατός τε καὶ ξυνετός, 5th c.BC: Thucydides Historicus 2.15; ὅταν πλησιάζῃ μ. τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι 5th-6th c.BC: Plato Philosophus “Phaedrus” 255b. A.IV) rarely of Time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετ᾽ ἀνοκωχῆς during, [Refs] B) WITH DAT, only poetry, mostly Epic dialect: B.I) between, among others, but without the close union which belongs to the genitive, and so nearly ={ἐν}, which is sometimes exchanged with it, μ. πρώτοισι. ἐν πυμάτοισι [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1) of persons, among, in company with, μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν in the third generation (not μ. τριτάτων belonging to it), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of haranguing an assembly, μετ᾽ Ἀργείοις ἀγορεύεις [Refs]; between, of two parties, φιλότητα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν [Refs] B.I.2) of things, μ. νηυσίν, ἀστράσι, κύμασιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.3) of separate parts of persons, between, μ. χερσὶν ἔχειν to hold between, i.e. in, the hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅς κεν. πέσῃ μ. ποσσὶ γυναικός, of a child being born, 'to fall between her feet', [Refs] B.II) to complete a number, besides, over and above, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πέμπτος μ. τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself to be with them a fifth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Οὖτιν. πύματον ἔδομαι μ. οἷς ἑτάροισι last to complete the number, i.e. after, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III) with dative singular, only of collective Nouns (or the equivalent of such, μεθ᾽ αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) WITH ACCUSATIVE C.I) of motion, into the middle of, coming into or among, especially where a number of persons is implied, ἵκοντο μ. Τρῶας καὶ Ἀχαιούς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of things, εἴ τινα φεύγοντα σαώσειαν μ. νῆας [Refs]; με μ. ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει plunges me into them, [Refs]; of place, μ. τ᾽ ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων [Refs]; δράγματα μετ᾽ ὄγμον πῖπτον into the midst of the furrow, [Refs] C.I.2) in pursuit or quest of, of persons, sometimes in friendlysense, βῆ ῥ᾽ ἰέναι μ. Νέστορα went to seek [Refs 8th c.BC+] to go after, pursue him, [Refs]; also of things, πλεῖν μ. χαλκόν to sail in quest of it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵκηαι μ. πατρὸς ἀκουήν in search of news of thy father, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο they armed for the battle, [Refs]; ὡπλίζοντο μεθ᾽ ὕλην prepared to seek after wood, [Refs] C.II) of sequence or succession, C.II.1) of Place, after, behind, λαοὶ ἕπονθ᾽, ὡς εἴ τε μ. κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα like sheep after the bell-wether, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τὴν θάλασσαν beyond, on the far side of the sea, [Refs] C.II.2) of Time, after, next to, μ. δαῖτας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μεθ᾽ Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος after Hector thy death is at the door, [Refs 8th c.BC+]thereupon, there-after, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετ᾽ ὀλίγον ὕστερον shortly after, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μ. χρυσόθρονον ἠῶ after daybreak, [Refs] by day, opposed to νυκτός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν, opposed to νύκτωρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τὸν ἑξέτη καὶ τὴν ἑξέτιν after the boy or girl has attained the age of six years, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.3) in order of Worth, Rank, etc, next after, following superlative, κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ. τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν μετ᾽ ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: where superlative is implied, ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε. μ. Πηλεΐωνος ἑταῖρον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. μάκαρας next to the gods, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also μάχεσθαι μ. πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων to be inferior in fighting to many, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III) after, according to, μ. σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ as you and I wish, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.IV) generally, among, between, as with dative (B.I), μ. πάντας ὁμήλικας ἄριστος best among all, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας including those who have died, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; μ. χεῖρας ἔχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) μετά with all cases can be put after its substantive, and is then by anastrophe μέτα, [Refs 8th c.BC+], but not when the ultima is elided, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) absolutely as adverb, among them, with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with him, οὐκ οἶον, μ. καὶ Γανυμήδεα [Refs 3rd c.BC+] E.II) and then, next afterwards, opposed to πρόσθε, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E.III) thereafter,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. γάρ τε καὶ ἄλγεσι τέρπεται ἀνήρ one feels pleasure even in troubles, when past, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. δέ, for ἔπειτα δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] F) μέτα, -μέτεστι, [Refs 8th c.BC+] G) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), G.I) of community or participation, as in μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, usually with genitive of things. G.I.2) of action in common with another, as in μεταδαίνυμαι, μεταμέλπομαι, etc, with dative person G.II) in the midst of, of space or time, as in μεταδήμιος, μεταδόρπιος 1; between, as in μεταίχμιον, μεταπύργιον. G.III) of succession of time, as in μεταδόρπιος 2, μετακλαίω, μεταυτίκα. G.IV) of pursuit, as in μεταδιώκω, μετέρχομαι. G.V) of letting go, as in μεθίημι, μεθήμων. G.VI) after, behind, as in μετάφρενον, opposed to πρόσθε. G.VII) reversely, as in μετατρέπω, μεταστρέφω. G.VIII) most frequently of change of place, condition, plan, etc, as in μεταβαίνω, μεταβάλλω, μεταβουλεύω, μεταγιγνώσκω, etc.

Strongs

Word:

μετά

Transliteration:

metá

Pronounciation:

met-ah'

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Preposition

Definition:

properly, denoting accompaniment; "amid" (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between g575 (ἀπό) or g1537 (ἐκ) and g1519 (εἰς) or g4314 (πρός); less intimate than g1722 (ἐν) and less close than g4862 (σύν)); after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out); a primary preposition (often used adverbially)

---

these things

Strongs:

g3778

Lexicon:

οὗτος

Greek:

ταῦτα

Transliteration:

tauta

Usage:

1425 times in 27 books, 244 chapters, and 1292 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

this/he/she/it

Morphhology:

Demonstrative pronoun Accusative Plural Neuter

Grammar:

a reference to SPECIFIC neuter people or things that are having something done to them

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Additional:

these

Alternates:

g5023

Tyndale

Word:

οὗτος

Transliteration:

ohutos

Gloss:

this/he/she/it

Morphhology:

Greek Demonstrative Pronoun

Definition:

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֹאת,זֶה;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille), this; 1) as subst, this one, he; (a) absol: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al; (b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al; (with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl, §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3 o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35; (d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν. τ. δέ (cl), partly. partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46. 2) As adj, with subst; (a) with art. (α) before the art: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al; (β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al; (b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl, §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

οὗτος

Transliteration:

ohutos

Gloss:

this/he/she/it

Morphhology:

Greek Demonstrative Pronoun

Definition:

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, etc: the dual feminine never in Attic dialect, see ὁ, ἡ, τό, [near the start]:—demonstrative pronoun, this, common from [Refs 8th c.BC+] A) ORIGIN and FORMS: οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο probably arose from a reduplication of the demonstrative ὁ, ἡ, τό with insertion of -υ- (= Sanskrit Particle u), e.g. ταῦτα from τα-υ-τα: Doric dialect genitive singular feminine τούτας [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, the latter is uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+], as genitive singular neuter οὕτω [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; accusative singular feminine οὕταν [Refs 6th c.BC+] —In _Attic dialect_ οὗτος was frequently strengthened by the _demonstrative_ -ί, οὑτοσί, αὑτηί, τουτί, _genitive_ τουτουί, _dative_ τουτῳί, _accusative_ τουτονί; plural nominative οὑτοιί, neuter ταυτί, etc, this man here: sometimes a Particle is inserted between the pronoun and -ί, as αὑτηγί for αὑτηί γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τουτογί for τουτί γε, [Refs]; ταυταγί for ταυτί γε, [Refs]; τουτοδί for τουτὶ δέ, [Refs]; τουτουμενί for τουτουὶ μέν, [Refs] —In codices the ν ἐφελκυστικόν is sometimes added in the forms οὑτοσίν, οὑτωσίν, and οὑτοσίν is said to be Attic dialect by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. [This ι is always long, and a long vowel or diphthong before it becomes short, as αὑτη?~Xί, τουτω?~Xί, οὑτοῐί, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) USAGE in regard to CONCOR[Refs 4th c.BC+] is frequently used as a pronoun substantive: hence neuter is followed by genitive, κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκροπόλιος [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective, in which case its substantive commonly takes the Article, οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος.—But the Article is absent, B.1) always in Epic dialect Poets (except [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes also in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) sometimes when the Noun is so specified that the Article is not needed, ἐς γῆν ταύτην, ἥντινα νῦν Σκύθαι νέμονται [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) when οὗτος is used in local sense, here, see below with [Refs] B.4) when the Noun with which οὗτος agrees stands as its Predicate, αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀρετή [ἐστι] [Refs 5th c.BC+] these were the grievances which already existed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν this was the report which, [Refs 5th c.BC+] this was notably the greatest movement which, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.5) when 3rd pers. is used for 2nd pers. to express contempt, οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὑτοσὶ ἀνήρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) though οὗτος usually agrees with the Noun that serves as Predicate, it is not rare to find it in the neuter, μανία δὲ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστί [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and in plural, οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή [Refs 4th c.BC+]: so with an explanatory clause added, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ συκοφάντης, αἰτιᾶσθαι μὲν πάντα ἐξελέγξαι δὲ μηδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.2) so also with a Noun in apposition, τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδή [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.3) the neuter also may refer to a masculine or feminine Noun, καρπὸν φορέει κυάμῳ ἴσον: τοῦτο ἐπεὰν γένηται πέπον κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.4) the neuter is also used of classes of persons, μελιτοπῶλαι καὶ τυροπῶλαι: τοῦτο δ᾽ εἰς ἕν ἐστι συγκεκυφός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or of an abstract fact, οὐκ Ἰοφῶν ζ;—τοῦτο γάρ τοι καὶ μόνον ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) with Prons, B.III.1) personal, οὗτος σύ, in local sense, see below B.III.2) interrogative, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; what is this that? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποίοισι τούτοι; for ποῖά ἐστι ταῦτα οἷς [ἔχεις ἐλπίδα]; [Refs]; Νέστορ᾽ ἔρειο ὅν τινα τοῦτον ἄγει whom he brings here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.3) with οἷος, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.4) possessive, πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος this father of thine, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5) demonstrative, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸν σὺ ζητέεις, where ἐκεῖνος is the Predicate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα this same man, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5.b) exceptionally, Διφίλου οὗτος ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ τύπος [Refs] B.III.6) ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἀνέστη another man here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.IV) with Numerals, τέθνηκε ταῦτα τρία ἔτη these three years, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [στρατείαν] ἑνδέκατον μῆνα τουτονὶ ποιεῖται for these eleven months, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) SIGNIFICATION AND SPECIAL IDIOMS: C.I) this, to designate the nearer, opposed to ἐκεῖνος, that, the more remote, ταῦτα, like τὰ ἐνταῦθα, things round and about us, earthly things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ὅδε [near the start]: but οὗτος sometimes indicates that which is not really nearest, but most important, δεῖ. τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεί, μὴ τὸ ῥᾷστον λέγειν: ἐπὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ βαδιεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ κτλ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.2) when, of two things, one precedes and the other follows, ὅδε properly refers to what follows, οὗτος to what precedes, οὐκ ἔστι σοι ταῦτ᾽, ἀλλά σοι τάδ᾽ ἔστι [Refs 5th c.BC+] refers to what follows, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔκουν. τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις, ὅτι; [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3) οὗτος is used emphatic, generally in contempt, while ἐκεῖνος denotes praise, ὁ πάντ᾽ ἄναλκις οὗτος, i.e. Aegisthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+] of Philip; but οὗτος is used of Philip, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3.b) of what is familiar, τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, of the Persians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ θυλακῶδες τοῦτο the familiar bag-like thing, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.4) in Attic dialect law-language, οὗτος is commonly applied to the opponent, whether plaintiff (as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] or defendant (as in [Refs]; so, in the political speeches of [Refs 4th c.BC+] are the opposite party, [Refs], etc; but in the forensic speeches, οὗτοι frequently means the judges, the court, [Refs] C.I.5) much like an adverb, in local sense (compare ὅδε [near the start]), τίς δ᾽ οὗτος κατὰ νῆας. ἔρχεα; who art thou here that comest? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently in Attic dialect, τίς οὑτοσ; who's this here? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολλὰ ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα I see many sheep here, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ho you! you there! [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with a proper name, ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας [Refs 5th c.BC+] —This phrase mostly implies anger, impatience, or scorn. C.II) simply as antecedent to ὅς, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III) = τοιοῦτος, οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV) after a parenthesis, the Subject, though already named, is frequently emphatic repeated by οὗτος, οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Ἀριστέης, οὐδὲ οὗτος προσωτέρω. ἔφησε ἀπικέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.V) καὶ οὗτος is added to heighten the force of a previous word, ξυνεστῶτες. ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι, καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see infr. VIII.2. C.VI) repeated, where for the second we should merely say he or it, τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν. κελαδοῦντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII) ταῦτα is used in some special phrases, C.VII.1) ταῦτ᾽, ὦ δέσποτα yes Sir (i. e. ἔστι ταῦτα, ταῦτα δράσω, etc.), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so also ἦν ταῦτα even so, true, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.2) ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὑπάρξει so it shall be, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.3) καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα so much for that, frequently in Attic dialect, as [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.4) ταῦτα at end of a formula in epitaphs, etc, probably short for ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει or ὁ βίος ταῦτά ἐστιν, e.g. οὐδὶς (= -εὶς) ἀθάνατος: ταῦτα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.VIII) Adverbial usages: C.VIII.1) ταῦταabsolutely, therefore, that is why, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἥκω, ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] is rare in this sense, τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην, ὅπως. εὖ πράξαιμί τι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο just because of this, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.1.b) πρὸς ταῦτα so then, therefore, properly used in indignant defiance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2) καὶ ταῦτα, adding a circumstance heightening the force of what has been said, and that, ἄνδρα γενναῖον θανεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός [Refs 4th c.BC+]: but mostly with a participle, ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ, καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or with a participle omitted, ἥτις. τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὕβρισεν, καὶ ταῦτα τηλικοῦτος (i.e. οὖσα) [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2.b) καὶ ταῦτα anyhow, no matter what happens (or happened), ἐπεχείρησας, οὐδὲν ὢν καὶ ταῦτα you tried, but were no good anyhow, i.e. try as you might, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.VIII.3) τοῦτο μέν, τοῦτο δέ. on the one hand, on the other, partly, partly, very frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτο μέν is sometimes answered by δέ only,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; by δὲ αὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἔπειτα δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἀλλά, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; by εἶτα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by τοῦτ᾽ αὖθις, [Refs] C.VIII.4) dative feminine ταύτῃ, C.VIII.4.a) on this spot, here, ταύτῃ μὲν, τῇδε δ᾽ αὖ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.b) in this point, herein, μηδὲν ταύτῃ γε κομήσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.c) in this way, thus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to ὅπῃ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτῃ καλεῖσθαι, etc, like οὕτω κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.5) ἐκ τούτου or τούτων thereupon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; therefore, [Refs] C.VIII.6) ἐν τούτῳ in that case, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.6.b) in the meantime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.7) πρὸς τούτοις (-οισι) besides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

οὗτος

Transliteration:

hoûtos

Pronounciation:

how'-tahee

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated); he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who; from the article g3588 (ὁ) and g846 (αὐτός)

---

finds

Strongs:

g2147

Lexicon:

εὑρίσκω

Greek:

εὑρίσκει

Transliteration:

heuriskei

Usage:

178 times in 16 books, 100 chapters, and 170 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to find/meet

Morphhology:

Verb Present Active Indicative 3rd Singular

Grammar:

an ACTION that happens - by a person or thing being discussed

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

εὑρίσκω

Transliteration:

ehuriskō

Gloss:

to find/meet

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

εὑρίσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מצא, also for נשׂג hi, etc;] to find, with or without previous search: absol, opposite to ζητέω, Mat.7:7, 8 Luk.11:9, 10; with accusative, Mat.2:8, Mrk.1:37, Act.13:22, 2Ti.1:17, al; pass, οὐχ εὑ, of disappearance, Heb.11:5, Rev.16:20, al; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, see Mayor, ICC, in l.), 2Pe.3:10, WH, R, mg. Metaphorical, to find, find out by inquiry, learn, discover: Luk.19:48, Act.4:21; αἰτίαν, Jhn.18:38, Act.13:28, al; pass, Mat.1:18, Luk.17:18, Rom.7:10, 1Co.4:2, Gal.2:17, 1Pe.1:7, Rev.5:4, al; of attaining to the knowledge of God, εὑ. θεόν, Act.17:27; pass, Rom.10:20 (LXX). Mid, to find for oneself, gain, procure, obtain: with accusative of thing(s), λύτρωσιν, Heb.9:12; act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mat.10:39 11:29, Luk.1:30, Act.7:46, 2Ti.1:18, al. (cf. ἀν-ευρίσκω). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

εὑρίσκω

Transliteration:

ehuriskō

Gloss:

to find/meet

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

εὑρίσκω, imperfect ηὕρισκον or εὕρ- [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future εὑρήσω [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 2 εὗρον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εὕροσαν [LXX+1st c.AD+]; Epic dialect infinitive εὑρέμεναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: later aorist 1 εὕρησα [Refs 4th c.AD+]; εὗρα variant in [NT+2nd c.AD+]: perfect εὕρηκα [Refs 5th c.BC+], perfect imperative 2nd pers. singular εὕρηκε [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, future εὑρήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 2 εὑρόμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist 1 εὑράμην [NT+8th c.BC+]:—passive, future εὑρεθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 1 ηὑρέθην or εὑρέθην [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: perfect ηὕρημαι or εὕρ- [Refs 8th c.BC+] has only aorist active and middle, except ἔθ᾽ εὑρίσκω (variant{ἐφευρίσκω}) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: the augment is seldom found in Papyri, ηὕρισκεν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; never in those of [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—find, εὗρεν δ᾽ εὐρύοπα Κρονίδην ἄτερ ἥμενον ἄλλων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εὕρημα εὑ, see at {εὕρημα}. 2) with participle, find that, εὕρισκε Λακεδαιμονίους. προέχοντας [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—and in passive, ἤν εὑρεθῇς μὴ δίκαιος ὤν [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle omitted, ὅταν τοὺς θεοὺς εὕρω κακούς (i.e. ὄντας) [Refs]; εὑρήσει τοσαῦτα ἔτη (i.e. ὄντα) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θῆλυς εὕρημαι (i.e. ὤν) [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) with infinitive, εὕρισκε πρῆγμά οἱ εἶναι. found that the thing for him was, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —middle, εὑρίσκεται (sed to be read εὕρισκέ τε) ταῦτα καιριώτατα εἶναι[Refs]:—active, also, find means, be able, οὐχ εὑρίσκει χρήσασθαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 4) εὑ. ὅπως. to find by what means, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, c.infinitive, find out or discover how to, ηὕρετο. παύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] 5) passive, εὑρέθη ὅτι. it was found that, [LXX] 6) befall, of evils, τινα[LXX] II) find out, discover, οὐδέ τι μῆχος εὑρέμεναι δυνάμεσθα [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, εὕρετο τέκμωρ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὄνομ᾽ εὕρεο think of a name to give him, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) with infinitive, get a chance of, be able, ἵνα εὕρωμεν ἐπιστολὴν γράψαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III) devise, invent, ὀχήματα [Refs 5th c.BC+] —middle, τὰ δ᾽ ἔργα τοὺς λόγους εὑρίσκεται deeds make themselves words, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) get, gain, ἀρετάν, δόξαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέγ᾽ εὑρεῖν κέρδος[Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὑ. μητρὶ φόνον bring about murder, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, acquire wealth, [LXX]:—middle, find or get for oneself, bring on oneself, οἷ. αὐτῷ πρώτῳ κακὸν εὕρετο [Refs 8th c.BC+] (so in active, μή πού τις ἐπίσπαστον κακὸν εὕρῃ [Refs 4th c.BC+]: so in perfect passive, μέγα πένθος ηὕρηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὑρήσεται τιμωρίην will get for himself, obtain, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὑ. παρά τινος with infinitive, procure from him that, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) especially of merchandise, etc, fetch, earn money, εὑροῦσα πολλὸν χρυσίον having fetched a large sum, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἰκία εὑρίσκουσα δισχιλίας (i.e. δραχμάς) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐγδίδομεν. τοὺς θριγκοὺς. ὅτι ἂν εὕρωσιν for what they will fetch, [Refs]; ἐρωτᾶν τί εὑρίσκει what it will fetch, [Refs 4th c.BC+] V.2) of the sum or bid which secures an article or contract, οἰκέτην. ἀποδίδοται τοῦ εὑρόντος sells for what he will fetch, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκτιθέτωσαν τὸ εὑρίσκον ἐφ᾽ ἡμέρας δέκα the highest or winning bid, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; προσέβαλον αὐτῷ τοῦ εὑρίσκοντος ἀνὰ [x] ἱερεῖα [x] I have placed at his disposal [x] pigs at the current price of [x], [Refs 3rd c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

εὑρίσκω

Transliteration:

heurískō

Pronounciation:

hyoo-reh'-o

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Verb

Definition:

to find (literally or figuratively); find, get, obtain, perceive, see; a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect

---

him

Strongs:

g846

Lexicon:

αὐτός

Greek:

αὐτὸν

Transliteration:

auton

Usage:

5870 times in 27 books, 254 chapters, and 3809 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

he/she/it/self

Morphhology:

Personal pronoun Accusative Singular Masculine

Grammar:

a reference to a recently mentioned male person or thing that is having something done to them

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Additional:

him

Alternates:

g3778

Tyndale

Word:

αὐτός

Transliteration:

autos

Gloss:

it/s/he

Morphhology:

Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)

Definition:

αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

αὐτός

Transliteration:

autos

Gloss:

it/s/he

Morphhology:

Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)

Definition:

αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.

Strongs

Word:

αὐτός

Transliteration:

autós

Pronounciation:

ow-tos'

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)

---

<the>

Strongs:

g3588

Greek:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Usage:

20754 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 7041 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Definite article Nominative Singular Masculine

Grammar:

a SPECIFIC male person or thing that is doing something

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Greek Article

Definition:

ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Greek Article

Definition:

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Strongs

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Pronounciation:

to

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

---

Jesus

Strongs:

g2424G

Strongs extended:

g2424, g2424G, g2424H, g2424I, g2424J, g2424K

Greek:

Ἰησοῦς

Transliteration:

Iēsous

Usage:

987 times in 26 books, 208 chapters, and 940 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

Jesus/Joshua

Morphhology:

Noun Nominative Singular Masculine Individual

Grammar:

a PERSON

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Additional:

Jesus @ Mat.1.1

Tyndale

Word:

Ἰησοῦς

Transliteration:

Iēsous

Gloss:

Jesus

Morphhology:

Proper Name Noun Male Person

Definition:

Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dative, voc. -οῦ, accusative, -οῦν (Heb. יֵשׁוּעַ,יְהֹשֻׁעַ,יְהוֹשׁוּעַ), 1) JESUS: Mat.1:21, al; ὁ Ἰ, ib. 3:13, al; Ἰ. Χριστός, ib. 1:1, Mrk.1:1, al; Χρ. Ἰ, Rom.2:26, al; κύριος Ἰ, Act.28:31, al; Ἰησοῦ, voc, Mrk.1:24, al. 2) Joshua: Act.7:45, Heb.4:8. 3) Jesus, son of Eliezer: Luk.3:28. 4) Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col.4:11. 5) see: βαραββᾶς. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

Ἰησοῦς

Transliteration:

Iēsous

Gloss:

Jesus

Morphhology:

Proper Name Noun Male Person

Definition:

Jesus, Greek form of Hebrew Joshua or Jehoshua, Saviour , [Refs 1st c.AD] (from Middle LSJ)

Strongs > g2424

Word:

Ἰησοῦς

Transliteration:

Iēsoûs

Pronounciation:

ee-ay-sooce'

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Noun Masculine

Definition:

Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites; Jesus; of Hebrew origin (h3091)

---

in

Strongs:

g1722

Greek:

ἐν

Transliteration:

en

Usage:

2842 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 2154 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

in/on/among

Morphhology:

Preposition

Grammar:

relating it to another person or thing

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ἐν

Transliteration:

en

Gloss:

in/on/among

Morphhology:

Greek Preposition

Definition:

ἐν, prep, (the most frequently of all in NT), with dative (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, with abl.). I. Of place, with dative of thing(s), of person(s), in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Luk.7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mat.7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mat.12:40; τ. ὄρει, 2Pe.1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Rev.3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Rom.8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν, Luk.1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Gal.3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mat.12:5, al; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Luk.2:49; trop, of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mat.5:28, 2Co.4:6, al; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, 2Co.5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς (constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl; cf. Bl, §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω. ἐν, Mat.10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom, Il., i, 441, al.), Jhn.3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Luk.9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Luk.7:17. II. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc: ἐν ζωῇ, Rom.5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, 1Jn.3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, 1Pe.1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mrk.5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Php.4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Jas.3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, 1Co.2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mrk.4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jhn.15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Rom.12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dative in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Luk.14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Act.7:14); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mrk.12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Jas.2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Luk.22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, 1Co.4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen, Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως), Luk.18:8 (cf. Bl, §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Rom.8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mrk.1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Rom.3:24, 6:11, 1Co.3:1, 4:10, 2Co.12:2, Gal.2:17, Eph.6:21, Col.4:7, 1Th.4:16, al. III. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—see LS, see word Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dative), 1Co.6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mat.9:34; ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mat.3:11, al; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ, ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr, II, which some would classify here), Rev.13:10 (cf. 6:8). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας. ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, see word בְּ, III, 3), Rev.5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.with; M, Pr., 104), Mat.10:32, Luk.12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. accusative, so Jas.5:12), Mat.5:34, al; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mrk.4:8 (WH; vv. ll, εἰς, ἒν), Act.7:14 (LXX). IV. Of time, (a) in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jhn.11:9, al; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mat.12:2, al; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jhn.4:31; (b) at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, 1Co.15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mat.22:28; (with) with art. inf, (α) present (so sometimes in cl, but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mat.13:4, Mrk.6:48, Gal.4:18, al; (β) aor, when, after: Luk.9:36, al; (d) within (cl.): Mat.27:40, V. In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (before ἐν) or motion into (before εἰς), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ἐν

Transliteration:

en

Gloss:

in/on/among

Morphhology:

Greek Preposition

Definition:

ἐν, poetry ἐνί, εἰν, εἰνί [Refs 8th c.BC+], forms used by Epic dialect and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as falsa lectio in Trag, εἰν [Refs 5th c.BC+] ἰν [Refs] ) PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into. A) WITH DAT. A.I) OF PLACE, A.I.1) in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of, ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι [Refs] in my arms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ᾽ ἐν σαυτῷ (variant -τοῦ) γενοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.1.b) ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.2) elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο [NT+8th c.BC+]; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν γειτόνων (see. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ (αὑτῷ codex Rav.) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc, equipped with them, uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, probably in [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.5) in the number of, amongst, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for ἐν τοῖς with _superlative_, V. ὁ. A.I.5.b) in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ᾽ ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι [Refs 8th c.BC+], with infinitive, it depends on him to, rests with him to, ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ. ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔν γ᾽ ἐμοί so far as rests with me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, [Refs] A.I.7) in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ᾽ ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, [Refs]; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, [Refs] A.I.8) in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖν[Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ [LXX+2nd c.AD+] is falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.9) πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.I.10) ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.I.11) in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION: A.II.1) of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of inward states, of feeling, etc, ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to blame him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) frequently with neuter adjective, ἐν βραχεῖ, ={βραχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τάχει, ={ταχέως}, [Refs]; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, ={καλῶς ἔχει}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs]; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ, ={ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ}, ={ὁμοίως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν κενοῖς, ={κενῶς}, [Refs] substantive, ἐν δίκᾳ, ={δικαίως}, opposed to παρὰ δίκαν[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but in most cases the originally sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα[Refs]; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, [Refs]; ἐν λόγοις by words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πραχθέντα. ἐν. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια [NT] A.IV) OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν τούτῳ (i.e. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ᾧ (i.e. χρόνῳ) during the time that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the course of the mysteries, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.b) ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.IV.2) in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V.2) with genitive of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων [LXX] A.V.3) amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B) WITH Acc, into, on, for, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; also poetry, ἐν πάντα νόμον [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITHOUT CASE, AS adverb, in the phrase ἐν δέ, C.1) and therein, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.2) and among them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.3) and besides, moreover (not in Attic dialect Prose), [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.4) ἔνι, ={ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι}, [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) POSITION: ἐν frequently stands between its substantive and the adjective agreeing therewith, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: without an adjective, τῷ δ᾽ ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας [Refs 8th c.BC+] between substantive and genitive, χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος [Refs]--One or more independent words sometimes come between the preposition and its dative, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), E.I) with Verbs, the preposition mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc, with dative, or followed by εἰς, or ἐν: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compound, to remark a thing in one. E.I.b) also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί. E.I.2) with adjectives, it expresses E.I.2.a) a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather. E.I.2.b) the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc. E.II) ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ ; ἐλ- before ; ἐρ- before ; rarely ἐσ- before ; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.

Strongs

Word:

ἐν

Transliteration:

en

Pronounciation:

en

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Preposition

Definition:

"in," at, (up-)on, by, etc.; about, after, against, + almost, X altogether, among, X as, at, before, between, (here-)by (+ all means), for (… sake of), + give self wholly to, (here-)in(-to, -wardly), X mightily, (because) of, (up-)on, (open-)ly, X outwardly, one, X quickly, X shortly, (speedi-)ly, X that, X there(-in, -on), through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), under, when, where(-with), while, with(-in); a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between g1519 (εἰς) and g1537 (ἐκ))

---

the

Strongs:

g3588

Lexicon:

ὁ

Greek:

τῷ

Transliteration:

tō

Usage:

20754 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 7041 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Definite article Dative Singular Neuter

Grammar:

a specific neuter person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Greek Article

Definition:

ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Gloss:

the/this/who

Morphhology:

Greek Article

Definition:

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Strongs

Word:

ὁ

Transliteration:

ho

Pronounciation:

to

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

---

temple

Strongs:

g2411

Lexicon:

ἱερόν

Greek:

ἱερῷ

Transliteration:

hi'erō

Usage:

72 times in 6 books, 36 chapters, and 68 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Morphhology:

Noun Dative Singular Neuter

Grammar:

a neuter PERSON OR THING that something is done for‚ or in relation to

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ἱερόν

Transliteration:

hieros

Gloss:

temple

Morphhology:

Greek Noun Neuter

Definition:

ἱερός, -ά, όν [in LXX: Eze.28:18 (מִקְדָּשׁ); τό ἱ, 1Ch.29:4 (בַּיִת), Eze.45:19 (עֲזָרָה); very frequently in I Est.1:1-58 -4 Mac;] 1) in Hom, marvellous, mighty, divine. 2) (Also in Hom, and later cl.) consecrated to the deity, sacred: pl, ἱ. γράμματα, 2Ti.3:15. 3) As subst, (a) (so in Hom.), τὰ ἱ, sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: 1Co.9:13; (b) later, τὸ ἱ, a consecrated or sacred place, a temple: τ. Ἀρτέμιδος, Act.19:27; of the temple at Jerusalem, i.e. the entire precincts or some part thereof (as distinct from ὁ ναός, which see, the Sanctuary proper): 1Co.9:13, and frequently in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mat.12:6, Mrk.13:3, Act.4:1, al. (on the use of ἱ. in Imperial Iuser, see Deiss, LAE, 380 f.) (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ἱερόν

Transliteration:

hieros

Gloss:

temple

Morphhology:

Greek Noun Neuter

Definition:

ἱερός (for ἱερὸν see. III.2), ά, όν, also ός, όν in the phrase ἱερὸς ἀκτή [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Ionic dialect and poetry ἱρός, ή, όν (see. entry near the end): Doric dialect and N. Greek ἱᾰρός [Refs]: Aeolic dialect ἶρος [Refs 7th c.BC+], but ἴαρος (correlated from ἴερ-) [Refs 7th c.BC+]: superlative ἱερώτατος [Refs 5th c.BC+] I) filled with or manifesting divine power, supernatural, ἱ. ἲς Τηλεμάχοιο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄλφιτον, ἀλωαί, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of natural objects or phenomena, rivers, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λιβάς, of the Spercheus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱεραὶ βῆσσαι Κίρκης 'faery', [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱ. ἦμαρ, κνέφας, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱερὸς δίφρος (where δ. perhaps = ἵπποι) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὕπνος, of death, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἔστι μὲν οὐδὲν ἱ. no great matter, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] II) of divine things, holy, ἱεροῖς ἐν δώμασι Κίρκης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόσις the gift of God, [Refs]; πόλεμος holy war, 'crusade', [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) of earthly things, hallowed, consecrated, βωμοί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱ. δόμος, of the temple of Athena,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱρὰ γράμματα hieroglyphics, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but ἱ. γράμματα of the “Holy Scriptures”, [NT]; ἱ. βύβλοι [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἱ. ἄγαλμα, τρίπους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱ. σώματα, of ἱερόδουλοι, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of animals regarded as 'taboo', [κριοί] εἰσί σφι ἱ. διὰ τοῦτο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of the Roman Tribunes,= Latin sacrosanctus, ἱ. καὶ ἄσυλος [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of Augustus, [Refs]; ἱ. νόμος law of sacrifice, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἱ. λόγος legend, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱ. γάμος mystical marriage, a religious ceremony, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; opposed to βέβηλος, as sacred to profane, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ὅσιος. II.3) under divine protection, frequently of places, Ἴλιος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Τροίης ἱερὸν πτολίεθρον, Τροίης ἱερὰ κρήδεμνα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱ. κύκλος the judge's seat under the protection of Zeus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χωρίον ὡς -ώτατον[Refs]; with genitive of a human being, Γναθίου. ἱ. εἰμι [Refs] II.3.b) of persons, φυλάκων ἱ. τέλος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱ. εὐσεβής τε, of Oedipus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἅνθρωπος ἱ. initiated, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with genitive of a divinity, deuoted, dedicated, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.c) under the Roman Empire,= sacer, imperial, ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος γραμμάτων [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; τὸ -ώτατον βῆμα (of the praefectus Aegypti), [Refs 1st c.AD+]: generally, worshipful, ἱ. σύνοδος [Refs 3rd c.AD+] III) as substantive, III.1) ἱερά, Ionic dialect ἱρά, τά, offerings, victims, ἱερὰ ῥέξας [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.1.b) after [Refs 8th c.BC+], omens afforded by sacrifice, τὰ ἱρὰ οὐ προεχώρεε χρηστά [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ [ἦν] [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.1.c) generally, sacred objects or rites, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of cult-images, IG Rom.[Refs] III.2) after [Refs 8th c.BC+], ἱερόν, Ionic dialect ἱρόν, τό, holy place, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to νηός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently of a temple, ἔστι δὲ ἐν τῷ τεμένεϊ. ἱρόν κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the Jewish temple, [LXX+2nd c.BC+] III.3) ἱερὸν τῆς δίκης a sacred principle of right, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.4) ἱερός, ὁ (i.e. μήν), name of month at Delos, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] III.5) ἱεροί, οἱ, members of a religious college or guild, [Refs 1st c.BC+], etc; also of women, ἱεραί, αἱ, [Refs] III.5.b) ={ἱερόδουλος}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) special phrases, post-[Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.1) proverbial, ἱ. ἄγκυρα one's last hope, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) ἱ. βόλος, name of a throw at dice, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.3) ἱ. βοτάνη, see at {βοτάνη}. IV.4) ἱ. (i.e. γραμμή) [Refs], last line of draught-board, κινήσαις τὸν ἀπ᾽ ἴρας. λίθον [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τὴν ἀφ᾽ ἱερᾶς (variant{τὴν ἱεράν}) [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.5) ἱ. ἰχθύς,= ἀνθίας, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.6) ἱ. λόχος, see at {λόχος}. IV.7) ἱερά (i.e. νίκη), ἡ, drawn contest, dead heat (because the prize was assigned to the god), [Refs 6th c.AD+] 'divide the honours', [Refs 2nd c.BC+] IV.8) ἱ. νόσος epilepsy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.9) ἡ ἱ. ὁδός the sacred road to Delphi, [Refs 5th c.BC+] see entry; and that from Elis to Olympia, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV.10) ἱ. ὀστέον, os sacrum, the last bone of the spine, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.11) ἱ. συμβουλή sacred duty of an adviser, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.12) ἱ. σῦριγξ spinal canal, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV.13) ἱερὰ τριήρης, of the Delian ship, or one of the state-ships (Salaminia or Paralos), [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.14) frequently in geographical names, e.g. ἱ ἄκρα, in Lycia, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ἱ. ἀκρωτήριον, in Spain, Cape St. Vincent, [Refs]; ἱ. κώμη, in Lydia, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἱ. νῆσος, one of the Liparean group, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; one of the insulae Aegates, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] V) adverb -ρῶς holily, ἀποθανεῖν variant in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ῑερόν in the first foot of a hexameters, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; also in compounds ἱεραγωγός, ἱεροθαλλής, ἱερόφωνος: ῑ always in contraction form ἱρός which is used in Epic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+], and some Ionic dialect inscriptions, as [Refs 7th c.BC+], but is rarely found in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also in Trag, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

ἱερόν

Transliteration:

hierón

Pronounciation:

hee-er-on'

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Noun Neuter

Definition:

a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas g3485 (ναός) denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere); temple; neuter of g2413 (ἱερός)

---

and

Strongs:

g2532

Lexicon:

καί

Greek:

καὶ

Transliteration:

kai

Usage:

9585 times in 27 books, 260 chapters, and 5307 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kai

Gloss:

and

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.

Strongs

Word:

καί

Transliteration:

kaí

Pronounciation:

kahee

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Definition:

and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force

---

said

Strongs:

g2036

Lexicon:

ἔπω, ἐρῶ, εἶπον

Greek:

εἶπεν

Transliteration:

eipen

Usage:

956 times in 16 books, 138 chapters, and 859 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to say

Morphhology:

Verb 2nd Aorist Active Indicative 3rd Singular

Grammar:

an ACTION that happened - by a person or thing being discussed

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

εἶπον

Transliteration:

eipon

Gloss:

to say

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

εἶπον, 2 aorist of obsolete present ἔπω (cf. Veitch), used as aorist of λέγω, which see (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

εἶπον

Transliteration:

eipon

Gloss:

to say

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

εἶπον (present ἔπω is used by [Refs 2nd c.BC+]present in use is φημί, λέγω, ἀγορεύω (see. infr. IV), the future ἐρέω, ἐρῶ, the perfect εἴρηκα), Epic dialect and Lyric poetry ἔειπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; subjunctive εἴπω (Epic dialect εἴπωμι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative εἴποιμ; infinitive εἰπεῖν, Epic dialect -έμεναι, -έμεν, [Refs]; participle εἰπών: also aorist 1 εἶπα (ἔειπα [Refs 5th c.BC+] as I said, [Refs 1st c.BC+] mostly in Ionic dialect Prose, also [Refs 4th c.BC+], and the 2nd pers. indicative and imperative of this form are preferred in Attic dialect, 2nd pers. singular indicative εἶπας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; imperative εἶπον (on the accent see[Refs 5th c.BC+], -ατον, -ατ; 3rd.pers. plural εἶπαν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; participle εἴπας [Refs 4th c.BC+], Aeolic dialect εἴπαις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in compounds middle ἀπείπασθαι (which see), διείπασθαι (which see), but never in good Attic dialect: (reduplicate aorist 2 from ϝεπ- 'say'; ϝείπην only conjecture in [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ἔ- (ϝ) ειπον cf. Sanskrit avocam, reduplicate aorist of vac- 'say'; compare ἔπος):—speak, say, ὣς εἰπών [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰπεῖν ἔν τισιν or μετά τισιν speak among a number, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τινί τι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τι [Refs 7th c.BC+] [same places], etc; τι ἔς or πρός τινα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰπεῖν περί τινος, ἀμφί τινι, [Refs 8th c.BC+] of them, [Refs]; εἰπεῖν ὅτι or ὡς to say that, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but also with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] b. recite, ἔπη [Refs] 2) in parenthesis, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν so to say, limiting a general statement, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; speaking loosely, opposed to ὄντως, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀκριβεῖ λόγῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ξύμπαν εἶπαι, εἰπεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) εἴποι τις as one might say, uncertain reading in [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) with accusative person, address, accost one, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) name, mention, [Refs] II.3) call one so and so, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) with double accusative person et of things, tell or proclaim so of one, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰπεῖν τινα ὅτι. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ. τεθνεῶτ᾽ Ὀρέστην speak of him as dead, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.5) celebrate, of poets, Αἴαντος βίαν [Refs] III) with dative person et infinitive, order or command one to, [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive, [Refs]: with accusative et infinitive, εἶπον τὰς παῖδας δεῦρ᾽ ἄγειν τινά [Refs 5th c.BC+], frequently in NT, [NT] IV) propose, move a measure in the assembly, εἰπὼν τὰ βέλτιστα [Refs 4th c.BC+]: frequently as a formal prefix to decrees and laws, Λάχης εἶπε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ἀγορεύω. V) plead, δίκην [Refs 8th c.BC+] VI) promise, offer, χρυσὸν εἶφ᾽ ὃς ἂν κτάνῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII) imperative εἰπέ sometimes used in addressing several persons, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ἔπω, A) say, call, name, ἤν Πέρσειον ἔπουσιν [Refs 2nd c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

ἔπω

Transliteration:

épō

Pronounciation:

ep'-o

Language:

Greek

Definition:

to speak or say (by word or writing); answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, say (on), speak, tell; a primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others being borrowed from g2046 (ἐρέω), g4483 (ῥέω), and g5346 (φημί))

---

to him;

Strongs:

g846

Lexicon:

αὐτός

Greek:

αὐτῷ·

Transliteration:

autō

Usage:

5870 times in 27 books, 254 chapters, and 3809 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

he/she/it/self

Morphhology:

Personal pronoun Dative Singular Masculine

Grammar:

a reference to a recently mentioned male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Additional:

to him

Alternates:

g3778

Tyndale

Word:

αὐτός

Transliteration:

autos

Gloss:

it/s/he

Morphhology:

Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)

Definition:

αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

αὐτός

Transliteration:

autos

Gloss:

it/s/he

Morphhology:

Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)

Definition:

αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.

Strongs

Word:

αὐτός

Transliteration:

autós

Pronounciation:

ow-tos'

Language:

Greek

Definition:

the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)

---

Behold

Strongs:

g2396

Greek:

ἴδε

Transliteration:

ide

Usage:

30 times in 5 books, 19 chapters, and 29 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

look!

Morphhology:

Interjection

Grammar:

an Interjection

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ἴδε

Transliteration:

ide

Gloss:

look!

Morphhology:

Greek Interjection

Definition:

ἴδε (Attic ἰδέ; the "later" accentuation is also found in Hom; Veitch, 215) 1) prop, 2 aor. imperat. of ὁράω, which see 2) As interjection, apart from the construction of the sentence, and used where one or many are addressed, see! behold! lo!: Mat.25:20, 22 25:25, Mrk.2:24 3:34 11:21 13:1, 21 15:4, 35 16:6, Jhn.1:29, 36 1:48 3:26 5:14 7:26 11:3, 36 12:19 16:29 18:21 19:4, 14 19:26-27, Gal.5:2. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ἴδε

Transliteration:

ide

Gloss:

look!

Morphhology:

Greek Interjection

Definition:

ἴδε A) (Attic dialect ἰδέ Hdn.Gr.1.431), aorist 2 imperative of εἶδον, behold, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; used by Trag. in Lyric poetry, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

ἴδε

Transliteration:

íde

Pronounciation:

id'-eh

Language:

Greek

Definition:

used as an interjection to denote surprise; lo!; behold, lo, see; second person singular imperative active of g1492 (εἴδω)

---

well

Strongs:

g5199

Lexicon:

ὑγιής

Greek:

ὑγιὴς

Transliteration:

hugiēs

Usage:

14 times in 6 books, 9 chapters, and 14 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

healthy

Morphhology:

Adjective Nominative Singular Masculine

Grammar:

DESCRIBING a male person or thing that is doing something

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ὑγιής

Transliteration:

hugiēs

Gloss:

healthy

Morphhology:

Greek Adjective

Definition:

ὑγιής, -ές, accusative, ὑγιῆ (Attic usually -ιᾶ), [in LXX for חַי, etc;] sound, whole, healthy: Mat.12:13 15:31, Jhn.5:[4], 6, 9, 11, 14, 15 7:23, Act.4:10; before ἀπό, Mrk.5:34; of words, opinions, etc. (as in cl.), metaphorically, λόγος, Tit.2:8. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ὑγιής

Transliteration:

hugiēs

Gloss:

healthy

Morphhology:

Greek Adjective

Definition:

ὑγι-ής, ές, genitive Attic dialect -οῦ; dative ὑγιεῖ; accusative, Ionic dialect ὑγιέα [Refs 5th c.BC+] variant{ὑγιέα}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Attic dialect ὑγιᾶ [Refs 5th c.BC+], erroneously called un-Attic by Moer.p.375 P, Thom.Mag.p.365 R: dual ὑγιῆ [Refs 5th c.BC+], and frequently in Attic dialect inscriptions, [Refs 4th c.BC+], and as feminine, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:— comparative ὑγιέστερος [Refs 5th c.BC+], superlative -έστατος[Refs 5th c.BC+]; irregular comparative ὑγιώτερος in [Refs 5th c.BC+] [same place]:—healthy, sound in body, ὑγιέα ποιέειν or ἀποδέξαι τινά restore him to health, make him sound, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὑ. τοῦ σώματος, opposed to τὸ νοσοῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πόλις (opposed to φλεγμαίνουσα) [Refs 5th c.BC+] 'sound as a bell', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑγιέστερος κροτῶνος or Κρότωνος [Refs 4th c.BC+] 2) of one's case or condition, σῶς καὶ ὑ. safe and sound, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) of things, safe and sound, in good case, of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in good condition, unbroken, πίθοι, κώθων, λίθος, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πίθοι ὑ, opposed to ἀγγεῖα τετρημένα καὶ σαθρά, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) sound in mind, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; virtuous, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; as a complimentary epithet, ὑγιέστατον ἀνθύπατον [Refs 3rd c.AD+] II.2) of words, opinions, and the like, sound, wholesome, wise, μῦθος ὃς. νῦν ὑγιής the word which is now fitting, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (the only place where any of this family of words occurs in [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.3) frequently with a negative, λόγος οὐκ ὑ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, ὦ μηδὲν ὑ. μηδ᾽ ἐλεύθερον φρονῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φέρειν, ἀσκεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also of persons, τὰς οὐδὲν ὑγιές [Refs 5th c.BC+] there is nothing sound or good in it, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) logically sound, τὸ ὑ. συνημμένον [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III) neuter as adverb, ὑγιὲς φθέγγεσθαι ring sound and clear, opposed to σαθρόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also in phrase ἐξ ὑγιοῦς, φροντίζειν ὅπως καὶ τἆλλα γένηται. ἐξ ὑ. correctly, in order, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οὐκ ἐξ ὑ. τὰς κτήσεις ποιοῦσιν, i. e. dishonestly, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III.2) regular adverb ὑγιῶς, healthily, διάγειν [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; soundly, κρίνειν, φιλοσοφεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. καὶ πιστῶς honourably and faithfully, frequently in Papyrus, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] cf. Sanskrit su- 'well', and -γιη, I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] compare guiyō in βιῶναι.)

Strongs

Word:

ὑγιής

Transliteration:

hygiḗs

Pronounciation:

hoog-ee-ace'

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Adjective

Definition:

healthy, i.e. well (in body); figuratively, true (in doctrine); sound, whole; from the base of g837 (αὐξάνω)

---

you have become;

Strongs:

g1096

Lexicon:

γίνομαι

Greek:

γέγονας·

Transliteration:

gegonas

Usage:

678 times in 26 books, 205 chapters, and 637 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to be

Morphhology:

Verb 2nd Perfect Active Indicative 2nd Singular

Grammar:

an ACTION that has happened - by a person being spoken or written to

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

γίνομαι

Transliteration:

ginomai

Gloss:

to be

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

γίνομαι, Ion. and κοινή for Att. γίγν- (M. Pr., 47; Bl, §6, 8 Mayser, 166 f.), [in LXX chiefly for היה;] 1) of persons, things occurrences, to come into being, be born, arise, come on: Jhn.1:15 8:58, 1Co.15:37; a first appearance in public, Mrk.1:4, Jhn.1:6, al; before ἐκ (of birth), Rom.1:3, Gal.4:4; διά, Jhn.1:3; βροντή, Jhn.12:29; σεισμός, Rev.6:12; γογγυσμός, Act.6:1; χαρά, Act.8:8, many other similar exx; ἡμέρα, Luk.22:66, al; ὀψέ, Mrk.11:19; πρωΐα, Mat.27:1; νύξ, Act.27:27. 2) Of events, to come to pass, take place, happen: Mat.5:18, Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:20 2:15, Act.4:21, 2Ti.2:18, al; μὴ γένοιτο [LXX for חָלִילָה, Jhn.22:29, al.], far be it, God forbid: Rom.3:4 (ICC, in l.), 1Co.6:15 and frequently in Pl; καὶ ἐγένετο, ἐγένετο δέ ([in LXX for וַיְהִי;] see Burton, 142 f; M, Pr., 16f; Dalman, Words, 32 f; Robertson, Gr., 1042 f.), with indic, Mat.7:28, Luk.1:8, al; before καί and indic, Luk.8:1, Act.5:7, al; with accusative and inf, Mrk.2:23, Luk.3:21, al; ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο, before τοῦ with inf, Act.10:25; with dative of person(s), to befall one: with inf, Act.20:16; with accusative and inf, Act.22:6; with adv, εὖ, Eph.6:3; τ́ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ (Field, Notes, 115), Act.7:40 (LXX); before εἰς, Act.28:6. 3) to be made, done, performed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc: Mat.6:10 19:8, Mrk.2:27 11:23, Act.19:26, al; before διά with genitive, Mrk.6:2, Act.2:43; ὑπό, Luk.13:17; ἐκ, Luk.4:23; ἐν, 1Co.9:15; ἀπογραφή, Luk.2:2; ἀνάκρισις Act.25:26; ἄφεσις, Heb.9:22; ὁ νόμος, Gal.3:17; τὸ πάσχα, Mat.26:2. 4) to become, be made, come to be: with pred, Mat.4:3, Luk.4:3, Jhn.2:9, 1Co.13:11, al; before ὡς, ὡσεί, Mat.10:25, Mrk.9:26; εἰς (M, Pr., 71f.), Mrk.12:1 o, al; with genitive Rev.11:15; id, of age, Luk.2:42; with dative, γ. ἀνδρί ([LXX for הָיָה לְאִישׁ, Rut.1:12, al;] see Field, Notes, 156), Rom.7:3, 4; before ἐν, Act.22:17, Rev.1:10, al; ἐπάνω, Luk.19:19; μετά, with genitive, Mrk.16:[10], Act.9:19; before εἰς, ἐπί (Field, Notes, 135), κατά (ib, 62), with accusative of place, Act.20:16 21:35 27:7, al; before ἐκ, Mrk.9:7, Luk.3:22, 2Th.2:7, al. Aoristic pf. γέγονα (M, Pr., 52, 145f; Field, Notes, 1f.), Mat.25:6, Luk.10:36, al. Aor. ἐγενήθη (for ἐγένετο, M, Pr., 139f; Mayser, 379), Mat.11:23, al. (Cf. απο, δια, επι, παρα, συμ, παρα, προ.) (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

γίνομαι

Transliteration:

ginomai

Gloss:

to be

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

γίγνομαι, Ionic dialect and after [Refs 4th c.BC+] γίνομαι [ῑ], (Attic dialect Inscrr. have γιγν- in fifth and fourth cententury,[Refs]; Thess. γίνυμαι [Refs]; Boeotian dialect γίνιουμαι [Refs]future γενήσομαι: aorist ἐγενόμην (ἐγενάμην [LXX] (προ-) Decrees Byzantine cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+], Ionic dialect 2nd pers. singular γένευ [Refs 8th c.BC+], 3rd.pers. singular γενέσκετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect γέντο [Refs 8th c.BC+] (gṇ-το): perfect γέγονα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: 3rd.pers. plural γέγοναν [NT]: pluperfect ἐγεγόνει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect forms (as if from perfect γέγᾰα), 2nd pers. plural γεγάᾱτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]pluperfect ἐκ-γεγάτην [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγάμεν [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; participle γεγᾰώς -ᾰυῖα, plural -ᾰῶτες, -ᾰυῖαι [Refs 8th c.BC+], contraction γεγώς, -ῶσα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγᾱκειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: middle forms ἐκγεγάασθε epigram [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive forms, future γενηθήσομαι (only in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐγενήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+], later Attic dialect, [Refs 4th c.BC+] and Hellenistic Gk, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]: perfect γεγένημαι [Refs 4th c.BC+], frequently in Attic dialect Poets and Prose, in Attic dialect inscription first in 4th C, [Refs]: 3rd.pers. plural γεγενέανται [Refs 4th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare γείνομαι:—come into a new state of being: hence, I) absolutely, come into being opposed to εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so, I.1) of persons, to be born, νέον γεγαώς new born, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας born (and so living) under Tmolus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γιγνομέναισι λάχη τάδ᾽. ἐκράνθη at our birth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γεγονέναι κακῶς, καλῶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κάλλιον, εὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι not to have been born, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονότες those of an age beyond, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with ordinals, ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἔτος γεγονώς [Refs 1st c.AD+] I.2) of things, to be produced, ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ὄλλυσθαι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπόλλυσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπολείπειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] Apoll.7; opposed to ἀπολήγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of profits, καρποὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀγελῶν γ. [Refs]; τὰ ἆθλα ἀπὸ τεττάρων ταλάντων ἐγένοντο were the produce of, i.e. were worth, [Refs]; τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γενόμενον ἀργύριον produced by [the ransom of], [Refs]; of sums, ὁ γεγονὼς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ψήφων the total of the votes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] staters amount to [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so in in Mathematics texts, of products, ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἀριθμός [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἀριθμὸς γενόμενος ἑκατοντάκις multiplied[Refs 3rd c.AD+]; of times of day, ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Time in general, elapse, διέτης χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε ταῦτα πρήσσουσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) falldue, οἱ γιγνόμενοι δασμοί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τίμημα τὸ γ, τὸ γ. ἀργύριον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with dative, τὸ γ. τινὶ ἔλαιον [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοῖς γείτοσι τὸ γ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]dues, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] regular, normal, τίμημα, χάρις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς γ. ἡμέραις in the usual number of days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in later Gk, as [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) of events, take place, come to pass, and in past tenses to be, καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ Ὀλύμπια γίγνεται, τραγῳδοὶ γίγνονται, are held, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψήφισμα γ. is passed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστὰ γ, ὅρκοι γ, pledges are given, oaths taken,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; γίγνεταί τι ὑπό τινος (masculine), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ γένοιτο which God forbid, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but γένοιτο, = [LXX]; γένοιτο γένοιτο[LXX] suppose it done, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]it is done, [NT]participle, γίγνεταί τί μοι βουλομένῳ, ἀσμένῳ (see. βούλομαι, ἄσμενος); οὐκ ἂν ἐμοί γε ἐλπομένῳ τὰ γένοιτο, i.e. I could not hope to see these things take place, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of sacrifices, omens, etc, οὐ γάρ σφι ἐγίνετο τὰ σφάγια χρηστά[Refs 5th c.BC+]. were favourable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, τὸ γενόμενον the event, the fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γενόμενα the facts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγενημένα the past, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ γενησόμενον the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγονότα, opposed to ὄντα, μέλλοντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but in perfect and pluperfect, to have passed, ὡς διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]. it happened, came to pass that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, ὡς ἤκουσεν. καὶ ἐθυμώθη it came to pass, when he heard. that, [LXX+NT]infinitive, γίνεται εὑρεῖν it is possible to find, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, with accusative et infinitive, it came to pass that, [NT+2nd c.AD+]: with dative et infinitive, ἐάν σοι γένηται στραφῆναι [Refs 1st c.AD+] II) followed by a Predicate, come into a certain state, become, and (in past tenses), to be, II.1) followed by Nouns and adjectives, δηΐοισι δὲ χάρμα γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντα δὲ γιγνόμενος πειρήσεται turning every way, [Refs]; παντοῖος γ, followed by μή, with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς γένῃ, i.e. προδότης ἡμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ; what am I to become, i.e. what is to become of me? [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.1.b) in past tenses, having ceased to be, ὁ γενόμενος στρατηγός the ex-strategus, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἡ γ. γυνή τινος the former wife, [Refs 1st c.AD+] II.2) with adverbs, κακῶς χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὖ, καλῶς, ἡδέως γ, it goes well, etc, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; with personal construction, οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι δειπνήσαντες ἐς αὔριον ἡδέως γίγνονται [Refs 1st c.AD+]; δίχα γ. τοῦ σώματος to be parted from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριχῇ γ. to be in three divisions, [Refs]; γ. ἐμποδών, ἐκποδών, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) followed by oblique cases of Nouns, II.3.a) with genitive, γ. τῶν δικαστέων, τῶν γεραιτέρων, become one of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; fall to, belong to, ἡ νίκη Ἀγησιλάου ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be under control of, ὁ νοῦς ὅταν αὑτοῦ γένηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of things, to be at, i.e. cost, so much, αἱ τριχίδες εἰ γενοίαθ᾽ ἑκατὸν τοὐβολοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.b) with dative, fall to, i. e. as wife, [LXX] II.3.c) with Preps, γ. ἀπὸ δείπνου, ἐκ θυσίας, have done, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολὺν χρόνον γ. ἀπό τινος to be separated from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. εἴς τι turn into, τὸ κακὸν γ. εἰς ἀγαθόν [LXX+6th c.BC+]; εἰς βρῶσιν[LXX]; εἰς οὐδέν, εἰς κενόν, [NT+8th c.BC+] even without preposition, ἐμὲ χρεὼ γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. τι εἴς τινα comes to him, of a dowry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of a ward, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τινι to be out of sight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γ. disappear from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐν, to be engaged in, οἱ ἐν ποιήσει γινόμενοι in poetry, [Refs]; ἐν [πολέμῳ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐν αἰτίᾳ πρός τινα γ, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of things, ἐν καιρῷ γ. to be in season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. διὰ γηλόφων, of a road, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but δι᾽ ἔχθρας γ. τινί to be at enmity with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπὶ ποταμῷ arrive or be at, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι fall into or be in one's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι, also, to be set over, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδος to be in hope, [Refs 1st c.AD+] to be multiplied into a number, [Refs]; γ. κατά τινα or τι to be near. or opposite to, in battle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but κατὰ ξυστάσεις γ. to be formed into groups, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς γ. to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. μετὰ τοῦ θείου to be with God, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πράγμασι to be present on both sides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρά τι to depend upon, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενοῦ πρός τινα go to So-and-so, [Refs]; γ. πρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ to be at or near, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρός τινι to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτῷ meditate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενέσθαι πρός τινων to be inclined towards them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρὸ ὁδοῦ to be forward on the way, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπό τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπὸ ταῖς μηχαναῖς to be under the protection of, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) γίγνεται followed by plural nouns, ἵνα γίγνηται. ἀρχαί τε καὶ γάμοι [NT+5th c.BC+]. (Cf. jánati 'procreate', jánas (={γένος}), Latin gigno, gnatus.)

Strongs

Word:

γίνομαι

Transliteration:

gínomai

Pronounciation:

ghin'-om-ahee

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Verb

Definition:

to cause to be ("gen"-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.); arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought; a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb

---

no more

Strongs:

g3371

Greek:

μηκέτι

Transliteration:

mēketi

Usage:

22 times in 11 books, 19 chapters, and 22 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

never again

Morphhology:

Adverb or adverb and particle combined Negative

Grammar:

DESCRIBING a specific ACTION

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

μηκέτι

Transliteration:

mēketi

Gloss:

never again

Morphhology:

Greek Adverb Neuter

Definition:

μηκέτι (μή, ἔτι) adv., no more, no longer: with 2 aor. subjc, Mrk.9:25; οὐ μ, Mat.21:19; with praes. subjc, Rom.14:13; with praes. imperat, Luk.8:49, Jhn.5:14 8:11 Eph.4:28, 1Ti.5:23; with optative, Mrk.11:14; ἵνα μ, 2Co.5:15, Eph.4:14; with inf, Mrk.1:45 2:2, Act.4:17 25:24, Rom.6:6, Eph.4:17, 1Pe.4:2; with ptcp, Act.13:34, Rom.15:23, 1Th.3:1 3:5. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

μηκέτι

Transliteration:

mēketi

Gloss:

never again

Morphhology:

Greek Adverb Neuter

Definition:

μηκέτι, adverb, (formed from μή, ἔτι, with κ inserted on a false analogy with οὐκέτι) no more, no longer, no further, [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Strongs

Word:

μηκέτι

Transliteration:

mēkéti

Pronounciation:

may-ket'-ee

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Adverb

Definition:

no further; any longer, (not) henceforth, hereafter, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any more; from g3361 (μή) and g2089 (ἔτι)

---

do sin

Strongs:

g264

Lexicon:

ἁμαρτάνω

Greek:

ἁμάρτανε

Transliteration:

hamartane

Usage:

43 times in 13 books, 27 chapters, and 37 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to sin

Morphhology:

Verb Present Active Imperative 2nd Singular

Grammar:

an ACTION that certainly happens - by a person being spoken or written to

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

ἁμαρτάνω

Transliteration:

hamartanō

Gloss:

to sin

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

ἁμαρτάνω (present formed from aor. ἁμαρτεῖν), [in LXX for חָטָא, also for אָשַׁם, רָשַׁע, etc;] 1) to miss the mark (Hom, Æsch, al.), hence metaphorically (Hom, al.), to err, do wrong 2) In LXX and NT, to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx, see MM, VGT, see word): absol, Mat.18:25 27:4, Luk.17:3, Jhn.5:14 8:11 9:2-3 Rom.2:12 3:23 5:12, 14 5:16 6:15, 1Co.7:28 7:36 15:34, Eph.4:26, 1Ti.5:20, Tit.3:11, Heb.3:17 10:26, 1Pe.2:20, 2Pe.2:4 2:4 1Jn.1:10 Jn 2:1 Jn 3:6-9 Jn 5:18; with cogn. accusative, ἁ. ἁμαρτίαν (cf. Exo.32:30, חֲטָאָה חָטָא), 1Jn.5:16; before εἰς, Mat.18:21, Luk.15:18, 21 17:4, Act.25:8 (καίσαρα). 1Co.6:18 8:12 (Field, Notes, 173); ἐνώπιον, Luk.15:18, 21; πρὸς θάνατον (cf. Num.18:22, מוּת חֵטְא), 1Jn.5:16 (Cremer, 98, 633). (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ἁμαρτάνω

Transliteration:

hamartanō

Gloss:

to sin

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

ἁμαρτάνω [ᾰμ. ᾰν]: future ἁμαρτήσομαι[Refs 8th c.BC+] later -ήσω [NT+2nd c.AD+], (δι-) [Refs 5th c.BC+], (ἐξ-) [Refs]Acut. (Sp.)[Refs]aorist 2 ἥμαρτον[Refs 6th c.BC+], Attic dialect; Epic dialect ἤμβροτον, but only indicative; Aeolic dialect 3rd.pers.singular ἄμβροτε[Refs 7th c.BC+], infinitive ἀμβρότην[Refs]; optative ἁμάρτοιν (for ἁμάρτοιμι) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 1 ἡμάρτησα[Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect ἡμάρτηκα[Refs 5th c.BC+], Attic dialect:—passive, aorist ἡμαρτήθην[Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect ἡμάρτημαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἡμάρτητο[Refs 5th c.BC+]:—miss the mark, especially of spear thrown, absolutely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἁ. τῆς ὁδοῦ miss road, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) generally, fail of one's purpose, go wrong, absolutely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μύθων ἡμάρτανε failed of good speech, [Refs]; γνώμης, ἐλπίδων, βουλήσεως ἁ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἁ. τοῦ χρησμοῦ mistake it, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) fail of having, be deprived of, mostly with genitive, χειρῶν ἐξ Ὀδυσῆος ἁμαρτήσεσθαι ὀπωπῆς that I should lose my sight by Ulysses' hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —once with _neuter_ adjective, οὐ γὰρ εἰκὸς. ἐμὲ ὑμῶν ἁμαρτεῖν τοῦτό γ᾽ 'tis not seemly that I should ask this of you in vain, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δυοῖν κακοῖν οὐκ ἦν ἁμαρτεῖν (i.e. either one or the other) [Refs 5th c.BC+] —so μηδὲ δυοῖν φθάσαι ἁμάρτωσιν, ἢ. ἢ. fail to be before-hand in one of two things, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 4) rarely, fail to do, neglect, φίλων ἡμάρτανε δώρων[Refs 8th c.BC+] II) absolutely, do wrong, err, sin, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc:—with participle, ἥμαρτε χρηστὰ μωμένη[Refs 5th c.BC+]adjective or pronoun, αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τόδε γ᾽ ἤμβροτον I erred in this, [Refs 8th c.BC+] or τι do wrong in a matter, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἁ. εἴς τινα sin against, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ τὴν ἔλλειψιν, ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον, [LXX+5th c.BC+] II.2) passive, ἡμαρτήθη ὁ ἐς Σικελίαν πλοῦς[Refs 5th c.BC+]perfect participle, τἀμὰ δ᾽ ἡμαρτημένα my plans are frustrate, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) ἁμαρτανόμενος, as adjective, wrong, mistaken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and of persons, ἡμαρτημένοι mistaken, [Refs]

Strongs

Word:

ἁμαρτάνω

Transliteration:

hamartánō

Pronounciation:

ham-ar-tan'-o

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Verb

Definition:

properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin; for your faults, offend, sin, trespass; perhaps from g1 (Α) (as a negative particle) and the base of g3313 (μέρος)

---

that

Strongs:

g2443

Greek:

ἵνα

Transliteration:

ina

Usage:

677 times in 26 books, 212 chapters, and 629 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

in order that/to

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Alternates:

g3363

Tyndale

Word:

ἵνα

Transliteration:

hina

Gloss:

in order that/to

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

ἵνα, I. adverb (poët, Hom, al.), 1) of place, where, whither. 2) of circumstance, when. II. Conjunction, 1) prop, final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word (Act.19:4, Rom.11:31, Gal.2:10, al.); (a) with optative (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres, Eph.1:17 (but WH, mg, subjc; see Burton, §225, Rem, 2); (b) with subjc: after a pres, Mrk.4:21, Luk.6:34, Jhn.3:15, Act.2:25, Rom.1:11, al; after a pf, Mat.1:22, Jhn.5:23 1Co.9:22, al; after an imperat. (present or aor.), Mat.7:1, Mrk.11:25, Jhn.10:38, 1Co.7:5, al; after a delib. subjc, Mrk.1:38, al; after a fut, Luk.16:4, Jhn.14:3, 1Co.15:28, al; after historic tenses (where optative in cl; WM, 359f; M, Pr., 196f.), Mrk.6:41 (impf.), Jhn.4:8 (plpf.), Mrk.3:14 (aor.), al; (with) in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§198, 199), with indic, fut: Luk.20:10, 1Pe.3:1, al; (d) as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, see word), with indic. pres: 1Co.4:6, Gal.4:17, al. (; but V. Burton, §198, Rem.); (e) εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jhn.18:37, 1Ti.1:16, al; τούτου χάριν, Tit.1:5; (f) elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jhn.1:8, 2Th.3:9, 1Jn.2:19, al; of the final verb, Rom.4:16, 2Co.8:13, al. 2) In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl, §69, 1), that; (a) after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc: θέλω, Mat.7:12, al; ζητῶ, 1Co.4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, 1Co.14:1, al; (b) after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mat.4:3, al; ἐρωτῶ, Mrk.7:26, al; παρακαλῶ, Mat.14:36, 1Co.1:10, al, etc; (with) after words expressing expediency, etc: συμφέρει, Mat.18:6, Jhn.11:50, al; ἱκανός, Mat.8:8, Luk.7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jhn.2:25, al, etc; (d) after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jhn.12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Rev.2:21; συνήθεια, Jhn.18:39; μισθός, 1Co.9:18. 3) In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206ff; WM, 572; Bl, §69, 3; Burton, §223): Rom.11:11, 1Co.7:29, 1Th.5:4, al. (but see Thayer, see word); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mat.1:22 2:14, Jhn.13:18, al. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

ἵνα

Transliteration:

hina

Gloss:

in order that/to

Morphhology:

Greek Conjunction

Definition:

ἵνα, adverb, I) of Place, I.1) in that place, there, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) elsewhere relative, in which place, where,[Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely in Attic dialect Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. ἡ Νίκη (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 8th c.BC+] [same place]; ἵν᾽ ἄν with subjunctive, wherever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; as indirect interrogative, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔμαθε ἵ. ἦν κακοῦ in what a calamity, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵν᾽ ἕσταμεν χρείας[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.c) with Verbs of motion, whither, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) of circumstance, γάμος, ἵ. χρή at which, when, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵ. μὲν ἐξῆν αὐτοῖς, ἐνταῦθα. when it was in their power, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) ={ἐάν}, uncertain in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B) Final conjunction, that, in order that, from [Refs 8th c.BC+] downwards, mostly first word in the clause, but sometimes preceded by an emphatic word, [Refs 8th c.BC+] or κε (if found, these particles belong to the Verb, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I) general usage: B.I.1) with subjunctive, B.I.1.a) after primary tenses of indicative, also subjunctive and imperative: present indicative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect indicative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; subjunctive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.b) after historical tenses, in similes, where the aorist is gnomic, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where aorist is treated as equivalent to perfect, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: when the purpose is regarded from the point of view of the speaker's present, σὲ παῖδα ποιεύμην ἵ. μοι. λοιγὸν ἀμύνῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.c) after optative and ἄν, when optative with οὐκ ἄν is used with sense of imperative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; after βουλοίμην ἄν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.d) after imperfect with ἄν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.2) with optative, B.I.2.a) after historical tenses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: after the historical present, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes both moods, subjunctive and optative, follow in consecutive clauses, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) after optative, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.c) rarely after primary tenses, by a shifting of the point of view, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.3) with past tenses of indicative, B.I.3.a) after unfulfilled wishes, [Refs] B.I.3.b) after indicative with ἄν, to express a consequence which has not followed or cannot follow, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3.c) after such Verbs as ἐχρῆν, ἔδει, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀντὶ τοῦ κοσμεῖν (={δέον κοσμεῖν}). ἵ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.3.d) after present indicative in general statements (including the past), οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ εἶναι ἔχει ἡ ὕλη, ἱ. ἀγαθοῦ ταύτῃ μετεῖχεν [Refs 3rd c.AD+] B.I.4) ἵ. μή as the negative of ἵνα, that not, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II) special usages: B.II.1) like{ὅπως}, after Verbs of command and entreaty, is common only in later Gr. (but[NT+8th c.BC+]; also for ὥστε, [LXX+1st c.AD+] B.II.2) because, ἵ. ἀναγνῶ ἐτιμήθην I was honoured because I read, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; not found in literature. B.II.3) elliptical usages, B.II.3.a) where the purpose of the utterance is stated, Ζεὺς ἔσθ᾽, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇς 'tis Zeus,— [I tell thee this] that thou may'st know it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. δῶμεν. granted that. , [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.II.3.b) in commands, introducing a principal sentence, ἵ. συντάξῃς order him, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἵ. λαλήσῃς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἵ. ἐλθὼν ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ [LXX+NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3.c) ἵ. τί (i.e. γένηται); to what end? either absolutely or as a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or with a Verb following, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. δὴ τ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.3.d) in indignant exclamations, to think that! Σωκράτης ἵ. πάθῃ ταῦτα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.III) in later Gr. with indicative, [LXX+NT]

Strongs

Word:

ἵνα

Transliteration:

hína

Pronounciation:

hin'-ah

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Conjunction

Definition:

compare g3588 (ὁ)); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result); albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to; probably from the same as the former part of g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ) (through the demonstrative idea

---

not

Strongs:

g3361

Lexicon:

μή

Greek:

μὴ

Transliteration:

mē

Usage:

1087 times in 27 books, 240 chapters, and 956 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Morphhology:

Negative Particle Negative Negative

Grammar:

introducing a negative

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

μή

Transliteration:

mē

Gloss:

not

Morphhology:

Greek Particle Neuter

Definition:

μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic, μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,אַל] I. As a neg. adv, not; 1) with ref. to thought or opinion: Jhn.3:18, Tit.1:11, 2Pe.1:9. 2) In delib. questions, with subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mrk.12:14, Rom.3:8. 3) In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mat.10:14, Mrk.6:11 12:19, Luk.9:5, Jhn.6:50, Rom.11:25, al. 4) C. inf. (see M, Pr., 234f, 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, etc: Mat.2:12 5:34, Mrk.12:18, Act.15:38, Rom.2:21, al; (b) with artic. inf: after a prep, Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5, Act.7:19, 1Co.10:6, al; without a prep, Rom.14:13, 2Co.2:1, 13 1Th 4:6; (with) in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mat.8:28, Mrk.3:20, 1Co.1:7, 2Co.3:7, al. 5) C. ptcp. (see M, Pr., 231f, 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mat.10:28 12:30, Luk.6:49, Jhn.3:18, Rom.4:5, 1Co.7:38, 1Jn.3:10, al; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jhn.6:64, 1Co.1:28 4:7, 18, 2Co.5:21, al; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mat.18:25, Luk.2:45, Jhn.7:49, Act.9:26, Rom.2:14 5:13, 2Co.3:14, Gal.6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force (being such as), not: Act.9:9, Rom.1:28, 1Co.10:33, Gal.4:8, Heb.12:27, al. 6) μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, (a) with subjc. praes, 1 of person(s) pl: Gal.5:26 6:9, 1Th.5:6, 1Jn.3:18; (b) with imperat. praes, usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122ff.): Mat.7:1, Mrk.5:36, Luk.6:30, Jhn.2:16 5:45, Act.10:15, Rom.11:18, Jas.2:1, Rev.5:5, al; (with) forbidding that which is still future: with imperat. aor, 3 of person(s), Mat.24:18, Mrk.13:15, Luk.17:31, al; with subjc. aor, 2 of person(s), Mat.3:9 10:26, Mrk.5:7, Luk.6:29, Jhn.3:7, Rom.10:6, al; (d) with optative, in wishes: 2Ti.4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (see M, Pr., 194; Bl, §66, 1), Luk.20:16, Rom.3:3, al; μή τις, Mrk.13:5, al. II. As a conj, 1) after verbs of fearing, caution, etc, that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192f.): with subjc. praes, Heb.12:15; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:4, Mrk.13:5, Luk.21:8, Act.13:40, Gal.5:15, al; ὅρα μή (see M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Rev.19:10 22:9; with indic, fut. (M, Pr., l.with), Col.2:8. 2) in order that not: with subjc. aor, Mrk.13:36, 2Co.8:20 12:6. III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mat.7:9, 10, Mrk.2:19, Jhn.3:4, Rom.3:3 10:18, 19, 1Co.1:13, al; μή τις, Luk.22:35, al; before οὐ (Rom.10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans; οὐ μή, Luk.18:7, Jhn.18:11. IV. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190ff; Bl. §64, 5), not at all, by no means: with indic, fut, Mat.16:22, Jhn.6:35, Heb.10:17, al; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:2, Mrk.13:2, Luk.6:37, Jhn.13:8, 1Co.8:13, al. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

μή

Transliteration:

mē

Gloss:

not

Morphhology:

Greek Particle Neuter

Definition:

μή, Elean μά [ᾱ] [Refs 6th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskrit mā´, Armenian mi [from I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] mē´], negative used in prohibitions):—not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.) A) in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning, A.1) with present imperative, 2 person, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely with aorist imperative, μὴ. ἔνθεο τιμῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect, μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς. ἐλπίδος [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect imperative [Refs 8th c.BC+] person when perfect = present, μὴ κεκράγετε [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) with subjunctive (usually [Refs], in prohibitions, μὴ δή με. ἐάσῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο[Refs 5th c.BC+]: coupled with present imperative, μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] person present subjunctive, μὴ κάμνῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with the hortative subjunctive used to supply the [Refs] person of the imperative, present μὴ ἴομεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist μὴ πάθωμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with 1st pers. singular, μή σε. κιχείω [Refs 8th c.BC+] (anapaest meter). A.2.b) with present or aorist subjunctive in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ. γένησθε take care you do not become, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear. may prove to be weaving, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Attic dialect Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps, μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in later Greek the indicative is found, μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν. ἀντιλαμβάνεται [Refs 5th c.AD+] A.3) with future indicative, a uncertain usage (νεμεσήσετ᾽ is subjunctive in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Papyrus βούλη[σθ]ε) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4) with past tenses of indicative to express an unfulfilled wish, μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.5) with optative to express a negative wish, with present, ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη [Refs 4th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, μὴ σέ γ᾽ ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.6) in oaths and asseverations, ἴστω Ζεὺς, μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.7) with infinitive, when used as imperative, μὴ δή μοι ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.8) frequently without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (i.e. θάνῃς) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (i.e. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (i.e. ποιεῖσθε) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in DEPENDENT clauses: B.1) with Final Conjs, ἵνα μή [Refs 8th c.BC+], that so, ὅπως ἂν. μηδέ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but B.1.b) μή alone, ={ἵνα μή}, lest, ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future indicative and aorist subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) in the protasis of conditional sentences, see at {εἰ} (for the exceptions see at {οὐ}), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, see at {ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε}, etc. B.2.b) ὅτι μή except, ὅτι μὴ Χῖοι μοῦνοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα μὴ ἀποβαίνοντες provided only that they did not disembark, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) in later Gr, with causal Conjs, ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν [NT+2nd c.AD+] that, ὅτι μὴ ἐστὶν ἐπίπεδος οὕτως ἂν καταμάθοιμεν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.4) in relative clauses, which imply a condition or generality, ὃς δὲ μὴ εἶδέ κω τὴν κανναβίδα whoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ κελεύσει (perhaps κελεύσαι) Ζεύς such a thing as, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λέγονθ᾽ ἃ μὴ δεῖ such things as one ought not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with subjunctive, ᾧ μὴ ἄλλοι ἀοσσητῆρες ἔωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.5) with infinitive, B.5.a) regularlyfrom Homer on, except after Verbs of saying and thinking (but see below c): after ὥστε or ὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+]: always when the infinitive takes the Article, τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5.b) by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like, ὁ δ᾽ ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] (μηδέν); ἀντιλέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀπαγορεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀποτρέπεσθαι [Refs] (μηδέν); ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παύειν (where the participle is more frequently) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in these cases the Article frequently precedes μή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι. ἔσχε τόδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδένα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴργειν τὸ μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή. [Refs] B.5.c) after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like; so after ὄμνυμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: occasionally with other Verbs, φημί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω, προλέγω, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νομίζω[Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Gr, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) with the participle, when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = {εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ θέλων, ={εἰ μὴ θέλεις}, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, ={εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε}, [Refs]; μὴ δρῶν, ={εἰ μὴ δρῴην}, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = ut qui nihil sciam, [Refs]; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσι; one who sees not, [Refs]: in this signification frequently with the Article, ὁ μὴ λεύσσων [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with causal significance, μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Greek, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) with Substantives, adjectives, and adverbs used generically, with or without Article, τὰ μὴ δίκαια [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, ={τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν}, want of experience, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον[Refs 4th c.BC+] B.8) after Verbs expressing fear or apprehension (compare μὴ οὐ): B.8.a) when the thing feared is future, mostly with subjunctive: with present subjunctive, δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, δείδοικα. μή σε παρείπῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with perfect, shall prove to have been, δέδοικα μὴ περαιτέρω πεπραγμέν᾽ ᾖ μοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with future indicative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with optative according to the sequence of moods and tenses: present optative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with future optative in oratio obliqua, [Refs 5th c.BC+]vect.4.41. B.8.b) when the action is present or past, the indicative is used, εἰσόρα μὴ σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν τίθης [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8.c) with indicative and subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) in QUESTIONS: C.I) direct questions, C.I.1) with indicative, where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν; [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ) follows οὐ, see at {οὐ μή}. C.I.1.b) in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσ; what am I not to do? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί μ; why not? [Refs]; compare μήν C.I.2) with subjunctive, when the speaker deliberates about a negative action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκη; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πῶς μὴ φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) indirect questions, frequently with Verbs implying fear and apprehension [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later in simple indirect questions, ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.II.2) in questions introduced by εἰ, ἤρετό με. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴτε. εἴτε μή, εἰ. ἢ οὔ, εἰ. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) POSITION of μή. When the negative extends its power over the whole clause, μή properly precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sometimes put μή after the Verb, ὄλοιο μή πω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φράσῃς. μὴ πέρα[Refs] D.2) μή is sometimes repeated, μή, μή καλέσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis, μὴ 'πὁθουν [Refs] followed by α is sometimes written μἀ. (see. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sometimes separately, μὴ ἀδικεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+] F) μή in COMPOSITION (joined with other words), as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc, will be found in alphabetical order.

Strongs

Word:

μή

Transliteration:

mḗ

Pronounciation:

may

Language:

Greek

Definition:

(adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expects an affirmative one)) whether; any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without; a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expresses an absolute denial)

---

worse

Strongs:

g5501

Lexicon:

χείρων

Greek:

χεῖρόν

Transliteration:

cheiron

Usage:

11 times in 8 books, 11 chapters, and 11 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

worse than

Morphhology:

Adjective Nominative Singular Neuter Comparative

Grammar:

DESCRIBING comparatively‚ a neuter person or thing that is doing something

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

χείρων

Transliteration:

cheirōn

Gloss:

worse than

Morphhology:

Greek Adjective

Definition:

χείρων, -ον, compar. of κακός [in LXX: 1Ki.17:43 B, Wis.15:18 17:6, 3Ma.5:20 *;] worse: Mat.9:16 12:45 27:64, Mrk.2:21, Luk.11:26, Jhn.5:14, 1Ti.5:8, Heb.10:29, 2Pe.2:20; εἰς (ἐπὶ) τὸ χεῖρον, Mrk.5:26, 2Ti.3:13. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

χείρων

Transliteration:

cheirōn

Gloss:

worse than

Morphhology:

Greek Adjective

Definition:

χείρων, ὁ, ἡ, neuter χεῖρον, genitive -ονος, accusative -ονα: nominative and accusative plural χείρονες, -ας, χείρονα, contraction in Attic dialect Prose χείρους, χείρ; dative χείροσι, poetry χειρόνεσσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—(for Epic dialect form χερείων, poetry χειρότερος, χερειότερος, (see entry).):—irregular comparative of κακός: (χείρων from *χερ-yων, compare χερείων): I) of persons, mcaner, inferior, either in bodily strength and bravery, or in rank, opposed to ἀρείων, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to κρείσσων, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) later in moral sense, worse than others, sometimes almost like a positive, knave, opposed to ἀγαθός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ χ, opposed to οἱ ἀγαθοί, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) χ. βίος, opposed to ἀμείνων,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) worse in quality, inferior, of horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: inferior, less skilful, ἰητροί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζωγράφοι, δημιουργοί, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χ. τὴν ψυχήν, τὴν διάνοιαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with infinitive, χ. ἡμῶν ταῦτα ποιεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν χείρους ἔσεσθε. ἀκηκοότες you will be none the worse for having heard, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less kind, μὴ χ. περὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εἶναι. τῶν ὑπαρχόντων [Refs] II) of things, inferior in quality, ἄεθλον [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) worse, harder, more severe, νόσος [NT+5th c.BC+] III) neuter, III.1) as a substantive, τὸ χ. inferiority, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; but mostly in phrases with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ χ. τρέπεσθαι, κλῖναι, fall off, get worse, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀλλοιοῦσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ χ, opposed to ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also πάντα ὑποπτεύοντες ἐπὶ τὸ χ. putting the worst construction on. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in the lower sense, opposed to κατὰ τὸ κρεῖττον, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) as a predicate, ἀλλὰ σοὶ αὐτῷ χ. (i.e. ἐστί or ἔσται) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with a negative, οὐ χ. [ἐστι] with infinitive, we may as well, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; simply οὐ χεῖρον, in an answer, it is as well, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) as adverb, worse, χ. βουλεύσασθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; βιῶναι, ζῆν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3.b) in inferior degree, less, ἀγαπᾶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) superlative χείριστος, η, ον, worst, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ χ, opposed to ὁ βέλτιστος, [Refs 5th c.BC+]men of lowest degrce, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb χείριστα [Refs 4th c.BC+] also -τως [LXX]

Strongs

Word:

χείρων

Transliteration:

cheírōn

Pronounciation:

khi'-rone

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Adjective

Definition:

from an obsolete equivalent (of uncertain derivation); more evil or aggravated (physically, mentally or morally); sorer, worse; irregular comparative of g2556 (κακός)

---

to you

Strongs:

g4771

Lexicon:

σύ

Greek:

σοί

Transliteration:

soi

Usage:

3082 times in 27 books, 252 chapters, and 2094 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

you

Morphhology:

Personal pronoun 2nd Dative Singular

Grammar:

a reference to a recently mentioned person being spoken or written to that something is done for‚ or in relation to

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Additional:

to you

Alternates:

g4671

Tyndale

Word:

σύ

Transliteration:

su

Gloss:

you

Morphhology:

Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)

Definition:

σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

σύ

Transliteration:

su

Gloss:

you

Morphhology:

Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)

Definition:

σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)

Strongs

Word:

σύ

Transliteration:

sý

Pronounciation:

soo

Language:

Greek

Definition:

thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular

---

something

Strongs:

g5100

Lexicon:

τις

Greek:

τι

Transliteration:

ti

Usage:

544 times in 27 books, 181 chapters, and 501 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

one

Morphhology:

Indefinite pronoun Nominative Singular Neuter

Grammar:

a generalising reference to a neuter person or thing that is doing something

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

τις

Transliteration:

tis

Gloss:

one

Morphhology:

Greek Indefinite Pronoun

Definition:

τις, neut, τι, genitive, τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. I. As subst, 1) one, a certain one: Luk.9:49, Jhn.11:1, Act.5:25, al; pl, τίνες, certain, some: Luk.13:1, Act.15:1, Rom.3:8, al. 2) someone, anyone, something, anything: Mat.12:29, Mrk.9:30, Luk.8:46, Jhn.2:25, Act.17:25, Rom.5:7, al; = indef, one (French on), Mrk.8:4, Jhn.2:25, Rom.8:24, al; pl, τινες, some, Mrk.14:4, al. II. II. As adj, 1) a certain: Mat.18:12, Luk.1:5 8:27, Act.3:2, al; with proper names, Mrk.15:21, Luk.23:26, al; with genitive partit, Luk.7:19, al. 2) some: Mrk.16:[8], Jhn.5:14, Act.17:21 24:24, Heb.11:40, al. (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

τις

Transliteration:

tis

Gloss:

one

Morphhology:

Greek Indefinite Pronoun

Definition:

τις, τι, Indef. pronoun any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions see below):—but τί; τί; Interrog. pronoun who? what?, oxytone in the monosyllable cases, paroxytone in the others:—Dialectal forms: [Refs 5th c.AD+] σις (si se) [Refs 4th c.AD+] σις (with? for σ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Thess. κις [Refs], neuter κι in διεκί, ποκκί (which see); neuter plural Doric dialect σά, Boeotian dialect τά, Aeolic dialect dative τίω, τίοισι (see. infr. B). (I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] q[uglide]i-, cf. Latin quis, quid, etc; for σά, τά, see at {ἄσσα}, σά μά; with τέο (see. infr. B) cf. OSlav. genitive česo) A) Indef. pronoun τις, τι, genitive Ionic dialect τεο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τευ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Trag. and Attic dialect του [Refs 5th c.BC+]; του is rare after [NT+4th c.BC+], but found in [Refs 3rd c.BC+], revived by the Atticists, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; dative Ionic dialect τεῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Trag. and Attic dialect τῳ (also in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τινι [Refs 8th c.BC+] in the form οὔ τινι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative τινα [Refs 8th c.BC+], neuter τι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: plural τινες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τινεν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; nominative and accusative neuter τινα (ὅτινα [Refs 8th c.BC+], never in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄσσα (which see) [Refs 8th c.BC+], never in Trag. or [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Attic dialect ἄττα first in [LXX+5th c.BC+], revived by the Atticists, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; genitive Ionic dialect τεων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τινων not in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; dative τισι, τισιν, first in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; N.-W. Doric dialect τινοις [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect τεοισι [Refs 5th c.BC+] (for τεοις and τεον see at {τεός}); accusative τινας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; neuter τινα (see. above):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as adjective any, some, and serving as the Indef. Article a, an; θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) special usages: A.II.1) some one (of many), i.e. many a one, ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes with meiosis, implying all or men,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) any one concerned, every one, εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself,[Refs]; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, even with the imperative, τοῦτό τις. ἴστω S [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words, τις ἕκαστος [Refs 8th c.BC+]. In these senses, τις is frequently combined with plural words, οἱ κακοὶ. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially after εἴ or ἤν τις, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so also euphemistic for something bad, ἤν τι ποιῶμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence for the 1st pers. or 2nd pers. pronoun, ἅ τιν᾽ οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποῖ τις τρέψετα; for ποῖ τρέψομα; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sometimes with an ironical force, φοβεῖταί τις [Refs 4th c.BC+]; as vocative, τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.5) τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, [NT+3rd c.BC+]; also in neuter, οἴονταί τι εἶναι ὄντες οὐδενὸς ἄξιοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.5.b) τις is sometimes opposed to to another word, ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν᾽ εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί, τέρπεται δὲ καί τις. [LXX+5th c.BC+]; ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codices BT) αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ᾽ ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, [Refs]; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισί; [Refs] A.II.6) with (Proper name)s τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so, ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.6.b) one of the same sort, converting the (Proper name) into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyric poetry in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἰσθμόν τιν᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.7) with adjectives τις combines to express the idea of a substantive used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dullard, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a coward, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὡς ταχεῖά τις. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion (={ταχέως πως}), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, [Refs] A.II.8) with numerals and adjectives expressing number, size, or the like, εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ. ἔστω some one man, [NT+8th c.BC+]; sometimes the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, [Refs]; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, [Refs]; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, [Refs]; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀλίγοι τινές or τινὲς ὀλίγοι [Refs]; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.9) with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷός τις what sort of a man, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.10) with the Article, A.II.10.a) when a noun with the Article is in apposition with τις, as ὅταν δ᾽ ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς αὐτοέντας. τιμωρεῖν τινας (variant τινα) [Refs] A.II.10.b) in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Article to show that the Article is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opposed to ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opposed to ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], the Article is used as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] cc. (which see) ὁ, ἡ, τό [Refs 5th c.BC+], δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, [Refs] A.II.10.c) frequently in opposed clauses, ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δὲ. [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: also combined with other alternative words, ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις, ἕτερος δέ τις. [Refs]; ὁ μὲν, ἕτερος δέ τις, ὁ δὲ, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also in neuter, τὸ μέν τι, τὸ δέ τι. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in adverbial sense, τὸ μὲν, τὸ δέ τι. partly, partly. , [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; and τι remains unaltered even when the Article is plural, τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ τι. but in some measure, without τὸ μέν preceding, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.10.d) later τις is used as in b above but without the Article, γράψον. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τίς τινι χαίρειν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.II) the neuter τι is used, A.II.a) collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so perhaps τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ᾽ Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ᾽ ἀνθρώπων no class, [Refs] (but masculine τις in [Refs] A.II.b) euphemistic for something bad, see above [Refs] A.II.c) joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all, ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, see at {πάνυ} [Refs]; also in conjunction with οὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —also καί τι καὶ. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.12) τίς τε frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.13) ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.14) τις is pleonastic in such phrases as οὐδέν τι or μηδέν τι, see above [Refs] A.II.14.b) repeated in successive clauses, ὅσα λέγει τις ἢ πράσσειτις ἢψέγειν ἔχει [Refs 5th c.BC+] (whereas τις is sometimes omitted in the first clause, οὔτε φωνὴν οὔτε του μορφὴν βροτῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+], the repetition is pleonastic, as also in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.II.15) τις is sometimes omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (i.e. τις) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς δ᾽ ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (i.e. τις) φεύγοντα διώκειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: τις must often be supplied from what goes before,[Refs] A.II.15.b) sometimes also τις is omitted before a genitive case which must depend upon it, as ἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἢν γαμῇ ποτ᾽ αὐτὸς ἢ [τις] τῶν ξυγγενῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) Accentuation and position of τις: A.III.1) accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc,[Refs 4th c.AD+] or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to [Refs] A.III.1.a) at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον; is any one within? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί φημ; ={λέγω τι}; am I saying anything? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; <τίς ἦλθ;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τι οὖν (τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγει; [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.1.b) when τις is opposed to to another τις or to some other word, τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ᾽ οὐ συμφέρει [Refs 5th c.BC+] for a certain person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. Codices are not consistent; in signification[Refs] they make it enclitic; in signification [Refs]; sometimes enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence, πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) position: A.III.2.a) τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (see. above [Refs]; it may stand second word, ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δή τινα μάντιν ἐρείομεν [Refs] A.III.2.b) in Ionic dialect Prose it sometimes stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive, τῶν τις Περσέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so also in late Prose, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.2.c) it stands between the Article and substantive in signification[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2.d) τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, “IG” 12.110.46, 5th c.BC: Thucydides Historicus 7.10, 5th-6th c.BC: Xenophon Historicus “Anabasis” 4.1.14 (codices dett.), 4th c.BC: Demosthenes Orator 22.22, etc. A.III.2.e) whereas in _Attic dialect_ the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in _Doric dialect_ the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: later Doric dialect εἴ τί κα [Refs]; καἴ τι ἂν (={καὶ εἴ τι ἂν}) [Refs 1st c.BC+], see below [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—this Doric dialect order influenced the Koine, as in the rare εἴ τις ἂν [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Strongs

Word:

τὶς

Transliteration:

tìs

Pronounciation:

tis

Language:

Greek

Definition:

some or any person or object; a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever); an enclitic indefinite pronoun

---

may happen.

Strongs:

g1096

Lexicon:

γίνομαι

Greek:

γένηται.

Transliteration:

genētai

Usage:

678 times in 26 books, 205 chapters, and 637 verses

Context:

Next word

Toggle Lexicon

Gloss:

to be

Morphhology:

Verb 2nd Aorist Middle Deponent Subjunctive 3rd Singular

Grammar:

an ACTION that maybe happened - by a person or thing being discussed

Source:

[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources

Editions:

NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TR, Byz

Tyndale

Word:

γίνομαι

Transliteration:

ginomai

Gloss:

to be

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

γίνομαι, Ion. and κοινή for Att. γίγν- (M. Pr., 47; Bl, §6, 8 Mayser, 166 f.), [in LXX chiefly for היה;] 1) of persons, things occurrences, to come into being, be born, arise, come on: Jhn.1:15 8:58, 1Co.15:37; a first appearance in public, Mrk.1:4, Jhn.1:6, al; before ἐκ (of birth), Rom.1:3, Gal.4:4; διά, Jhn.1:3; βροντή, Jhn.12:29; σεισμός, Rev.6:12; γογγυσμός, Act.6:1; χαρά, Act.8:8, many other similar exx; ἡμέρα, Luk.22:66, al; ὀψέ, Mrk.11:19; πρωΐα, Mat.27:1; νύξ, Act.27:27. 2) Of events, to come to pass, take place, happen: Mat.5:18, Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:20 2:15, Act.4:21, 2Ti.2:18, al; μὴ γένοιτο [LXX for חָלִילָה, Jhn.22:29, al.], far be it, God forbid: Rom.3:4 (ICC, in l.), 1Co.6:15 and frequently in Pl; καὶ ἐγένετο, ἐγένετο δέ ([in LXX for וַיְהִי;] see Burton, 142 f; M, Pr., 16f; Dalman, Words, 32 f; Robertson, Gr., 1042 f.), with indic, Mat.7:28, Luk.1:8, al; before καί and indic, Luk.8:1, Act.5:7, al; with accusative and inf, Mrk.2:23, Luk.3:21, al; ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο, before τοῦ with inf, Act.10:25; with dative of person(s), to befall one: with inf, Act.20:16; with accusative and inf, Act.22:6; with adv, εὖ, Eph.6:3; τ́ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ (Field, Notes, 115), Act.7:40 (LXX); before εἰς, Act.28:6. 3) to be made, done, performed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc: Mat.6:10 19:8, Mrk.2:27 11:23, Act.19:26, al; before διά with genitive, Mrk.6:2, Act.2:43; ὑπό, Luk.13:17; ἐκ, Luk.4:23; ἐν, 1Co.9:15; ἀπογραφή, Luk.2:2; ἀνάκρισις Act.25:26; ἄφεσις, Heb.9:22; ὁ νόμος, Gal.3:17; τὸ πάσχα, Mat.26:2. 4) to become, be made, come to be: with pred, Mat.4:3, Luk.4:3, Jhn.2:9, 1Co.13:11, al; before ὡς, ὡσεί, Mat.10:25, Mrk.9:26; εἰς (M, Pr., 71f.), Mrk.12:1 o, al; with genitive Rev.11:15; id, of age, Luk.2:42; with dative, γ. ἀνδρί ([LXX for הָיָה לְאִישׁ, Rut.1:12, al;] see Field, Notes, 156), Rom.7:3, 4; before ἐν, Act.22:17, Rev.1:10, al; ἐπάνω, Luk.19:19; μετά, with genitive, Mrk.16:[10], Act.9:19; before εἰς, ἐπί (Field, Notes, 135), κατά (ib, 62), with accusative of place, Act.20:16 21:35 27:7, al; before ἐκ, Mrk.9:7, Luk.3:22, 2Th.2:7, al. Aoristic pf. γέγονα (M, Pr., 52, 145f; Field, Notes, 1f.), Mat.25:6, Luk.10:36, al. Aor. ἐγενήθη (for ἐγένετο, M, Pr., 139f; Mayser, 379), Mat.11:23, al. (Cf. απο, δια, επι, παρα, συμ, παρα, προ.) (AS)

Liddell-Scott-Jones

Word:

γίνομαι

Transliteration:

ginomai

Gloss:

to be

Morphhology:

Greek Verb

Definition:

γίγνομαι, Ionic dialect and after [Refs 4th c.BC+] γίνομαι [ῑ], (Attic dialect Inscrr. have γιγν- in fifth and fourth cententury,[Refs]; Thess. γίνυμαι [Refs]; Boeotian dialect γίνιουμαι [Refs]future γενήσομαι: aorist ἐγενόμην (ἐγενάμην [LXX] (προ-) Decrees Byzantine cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+], Ionic dialect 2nd pers. singular γένευ [Refs 8th c.BC+], 3rd.pers. singular γενέσκετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect γέντο [Refs 8th c.BC+] (gṇ-το): perfect γέγονα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: 3rd.pers. plural γέγοναν [NT]: pluperfect ἐγεγόνει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect forms (as if from perfect γέγᾰα), 2nd pers. plural γεγάᾱτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]pluperfect ἐκ-γεγάτην [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγάμεν [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; participle γεγᾰώς -ᾰυῖα, plural -ᾰῶτες, -ᾰυῖαι [Refs 8th c.BC+], contraction γεγώς, -ῶσα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγᾱκειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: middle forms ἐκγεγάασθε epigram [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive forms, future γενηθήσομαι (only in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐγενήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+], later Attic dialect, [Refs 4th c.BC+] and Hellenistic Gk, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]: perfect γεγένημαι [Refs 4th c.BC+], frequently in Attic dialect Poets and Prose, in Attic dialect inscription first in 4th C, [Refs]: 3rd.pers. plural γεγενέανται [Refs 4th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare γείνομαι:—come into a new state of being: hence, I) absolutely, come into being opposed to εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so, I.1) of persons, to be born, νέον γεγαώς new born, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας born (and so living) under Tmolus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γιγνομέναισι λάχη τάδ᾽. ἐκράνθη at our birth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γεγονέναι κακῶς, καλῶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κάλλιον, εὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι not to have been born, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονότες those of an age beyond, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with ordinals, ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἔτος γεγονώς [Refs 1st c.AD+] I.2) of things, to be produced, ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ὄλλυσθαι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπόλλυσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπολείπειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] Apoll.7; opposed to ἀπολήγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of profits, καρποὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀγελῶν γ. [Refs]; τὰ ἆθλα ἀπὸ τεττάρων ταλάντων ἐγένοντο were the produce of, i.e. were worth, [Refs]; τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γενόμενον ἀργύριον produced by [the ransom of], [Refs]; of sums, ὁ γεγονὼς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ψήφων the total of the votes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] staters amount to [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so in in Mathematics texts, of products, ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἀριθμός [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἀριθμὸς γενόμενος ἑκατοντάκις multiplied[Refs 3rd c.AD+]; of times of day, ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Time in general, elapse, διέτης χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε ταῦτα πρήσσουσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) falldue, οἱ γιγνόμενοι δασμοί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τίμημα τὸ γ, τὸ γ. ἀργύριον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with dative, τὸ γ. τινὶ ἔλαιον [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοῖς γείτοσι τὸ γ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]dues, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] regular, normal, τίμημα, χάρις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς γ. ἡμέραις in the usual number of days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in later Gk, as [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) of events, take place, come to pass, and in past tenses to be, καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ Ὀλύμπια γίγνεται, τραγῳδοὶ γίγνονται, are held, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψήφισμα γ. is passed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστὰ γ, ὅρκοι γ, pledges are given, oaths taken,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; γίγνεταί τι ὑπό τινος (masculine), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ γένοιτο which God forbid, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but γένοιτο, = [LXX]; γένοιτο γένοιτο[LXX] suppose it done, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]it is done, [NT]participle, γίγνεταί τί μοι βουλομένῳ, ἀσμένῳ (see. βούλομαι, ἄσμενος); οὐκ ἂν ἐμοί γε ἐλπομένῳ τὰ γένοιτο, i.e. I could not hope to see these things take place, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of sacrifices, omens, etc, οὐ γάρ σφι ἐγίνετο τὰ σφάγια χρηστά[Refs 5th c.BC+]. were favourable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, τὸ γενόμενον the event, the fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γενόμενα the facts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγενημένα the past, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ γενησόμενον the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγονότα, opposed to ὄντα, μέλλοντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but in perfect and pluperfect, to have passed, ὡς διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]. it happened, came to pass that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, ὡς ἤκουσεν. καὶ ἐθυμώθη it came to pass, when he heard. that, [LXX+NT]infinitive, γίνεται εὑρεῖν it is possible to find, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, with accusative et infinitive, it came to pass that, [NT+2nd c.AD+]: with dative et infinitive, ἐάν σοι γένηται στραφῆναι [Refs 1st c.AD+] II) followed by a Predicate, come into a certain state, become, and (in past tenses), to be, II.1) followed by Nouns and adjectives, δηΐοισι δὲ χάρμα γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντα δὲ γιγνόμενος πειρήσεται turning every way, [Refs]; παντοῖος γ, followed by μή, with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς γένῃ, i.e. προδότης ἡμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ; what am I to become, i.e. what is to become of me? [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.1.b) in past tenses, having ceased to be, ὁ γενόμενος στρατηγός the ex-strategus, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἡ γ. γυνή τινος the former wife, [Refs 1st c.AD+] II.2) with adverbs, κακῶς χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὖ, καλῶς, ἡδέως γ, it goes well, etc, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; with personal construction, οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι δειπνήσαντες ἐς αὔριον ἡδέως γίγνονται [Refs 1st c.AD+]; δίχα γ. τοῦ σώματος to be parted from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριχῇ γ. to be in three divisions, [Refs]; γ. ἐμποδών, ἐκποδών, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) followed by oblique cases of Nouns, II.3.a) with genitive, γ. τῶν δικαστέων, τῶν γεραιτέρων, become one of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; fall to, belong to, ἡ νίκη Ἀγησιλάου ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be under control of, ὁ νοῦς ὅταν αὑτοῦ γένηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of things, to be at, i.e. cost, so much, αἱ τριχίδες εἰ γενοίαθ᾽ ἑκατὸν τοὐβολοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.b) with dative, fall to, i. e. as wife, [LXX] II.3.c) with Preps, γ. ἀπὸ δείπνου, ἐκ θυσίας, have done, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολὺν χρόνον γ. ἀπό τινος to be separated from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. εἴς τι turn into, τὸ κακὸν γ. εἰς ἀγαθόν [LXX+6th c.BC+]; εἰς βρῶσιν[LXX]; εἰς οὐδέν, εἰς κενόν, [NT+8th c.BC+] even without preposition, ἐμὲ χρεὼ γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. τι εἴς τινα comes to him, of a dowry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of a ward, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τινι to be out of sight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γ. disappear from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐν, to be engaged in, οἱ ἐν ποιήσει γινόμενοι in poetry, [Refs]; ἐν [πολέμῳ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐν αἰτίᾳ πρός τινα γ, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of things, ἐν καιρῷ γ. to be in season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. διὰ γηλόφων, of a road, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but δι᾽ ἔχθρας γ. τινί to be at enmity with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπὶ ποταμῷ arrive or be at, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι fall into or be in one's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι, also, to be set over, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδος to be in hope, [Refs 1st c.AD+] to be multiplied into a number, [Refs]; γ. κατά τινα or τι to be near. or opposite to, in battle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but κατὰ ξυστάσεις γ. to be formed into groups, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς γ. to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. μετὰ τοῦ θείου to be with God, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πράγμασι to be present on both sides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρά τι to depend upon, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενοῦ πρός τινα go to So-and-so, [Refs]; γ. πρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ to be at or near, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρός τινι to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτῷ meditate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενέσθαι πρός τινων to be inclined towards them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρὸ ὁδοῦ to be forward on the way, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπό τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπὸ ταῖς μηχαναῖς to be under the protection of, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) γίγνεται followed by plural nouns, ἵνα γίγνηται. ἀρχαί τε καὶ γάμοι [NT+5th c.BC+]. (Cf. jánati 'procreate', jánas (={γένος}), Latin gigno, gnatus.)

Strongs

Word:

γίνομαι

Transliteration:

gínomai

Pronounciation:

ghin'-om-ahee

Language:

Greek

Morphhology:

Verb

Definition:

to cause to be ("gen"-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.); arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought; a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb

---